Appendix 46-01

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Agricultural Sciences

COURSE ADDS

46-01-001 FORT 295
Title: Forest Technology Internship
Abbreviated Title: Forest Tech Intern (1-4)
Description: Supervised field experience related to the student’s major.
Prerequisites: Permission of program
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-002 FORT 296
Title: Independent Studies
Abbreviated Title: Indep Studies (1-18)
Description: Creative projects, including research and design, which are supervised on an individual basis and which fall outside the scope of formal courses.
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-003 FORT 297
Title: Special Topics
Abbreviated Title: Special Topics (1-9)
Description: Formal courses given infrequently to explore, in depth, a comparatively narrow subject which may be topical or of special interest.
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-004 INTAG 200
Title: International Agriculture Field Experience
Abbreviated Title: Intl Agr Field Exp (3)
Description: Practical application of methods to identify components of tropical agro-ecosystems and associated socio-cultural factors discussed in INTAG 100. The purpose of this course is to give students the opportunity to apply knowledge related to topics discussed in INTAG 100, Introduction to International Agriculture, including tropical agro-ecosystems and socio-cultural concepts related to agricultural development. Students will have the opportunity to investigate these themes with researchers and peers at EARTH University while utilizing practical Spanish skills. The course is offered as part of the Penn State Spanish for the Agricultural Sciences summer immersion program in Costa Rica. The first week of the program will be spent at EARTH University in Merecedes, Costa Rica, and the remainder of the program will be spent in the agricultural community of Turrialba, Costa Rica. Students must apply by February 1, 2018 for acceptance into the 2018 summer program. Please see the course instructor for more information about the summer program including how to apply and for information about financial aid and scholarships.
Prerequisites: INTAG 100 SPAN 105 SPAN 106
Concurrent Courses: INTAG 299
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-005 WFS 489
Title: Supervised Experience in College Teaching
Abbreviated Title: Supv Exp Col Tchg (1-3)
Description: This course provides undergraduate students with formal, supervised teaching
experience. Duties may include serving as peer tutors, teaching assistants, or laboratory assistants, and developing and/or evaluating course activities and materials.
Prerequisites: Permission of program
Proposed Start: SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
460-01-006 ANSC 290

Title: Careers in Animal Agriculture
Abbreviated Title: Careers Anml Agric (1)
Description: A description and analysis of career opportunities in the animal sciences and allied industries.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
REMOVE WRITING ATTRIBUTE
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: ANSC 290 is a required course for Animal Science majors and minors. Each week during class, students are exposed to varied potential career paths within the animal industries. Students will develop a resume and cover letter, and attend the College’s career fair to interact with potential employers.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-007 ANSC 421
Title: Poultry Evaluation and Selection
Abbreviated Title: Poultry Evaluation (2)
Description: Introduction and application of standards and principles used to evaluate live poultry and poultry products.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 3
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Poultry Evaluation and Selection is a hands-on course that will provide the opportunity for students to apply the principles and standards that directly relate to the evaluation and selection of Purebred and meat breeding birds, egg production traits, as well as
the processing aspects of the poultry industry. In addition, the course will cover practical and
safe handling techniques of live poultry and poultry products. This course is taught every spring
semester and student performance will be evaluated through written quizzes, assignments, mid-term and final lab practicum as well as participation.
Change Prerequisites: ANSC 100
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-008 ANSC 431
Title: Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction
Abbreviated Title: Reproductive Phsio (4)
Description: Physiological processes of reproduction in animals, including the use of current and emerging technologies.
Prerequisites: 3 credits in animal physiology
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Physiology of Animal Reproduction
REMOVE WRITING ATTRIBUTE
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course is a detailed study of reproductive processes in animals. Students will gain a fundamental understanding of the development, organization and functions of the reproductive system with a focus on domestic animals. This will include understanding endocrine regulation of reproductive processes and how hormones affect cellular function. Comparisons to primates, rodents, wild species and non-mammalian species will also be made. Students will develop an understanding of factors that affect reproductive success and how this knowledge can be used to regulate/manage reproductive processes of domestic animals, wildlife and humans.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: ANSC 201, BIOL 110
CHANGE RECOMMENDED PREPARATION: ANSC 300
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-009 FOR 295
Title: Forest Technology Internship
Abbreviated Title: Description: For Tech Intern (1-4:4)
Description: Supervised field experience related to the student’s major.
Approved Start: 1999SP

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Forestry Internship
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Forest Internship
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: Permission of program
Proposed Start: USP2019

OLD
46-01-010 VBSC 330
Title: Introduction to Molecular Pharmacology
Abbreviated Title: INTRO MOL PHARM (3)
Description: An introduction to the basic principles of pharmacology, drug development and use. VB SC 330 Introduction to Molecular Pharmacology (3)Upon completion of this course the student will be able to correlate their knowledge of basic and organic chemistry, biochemistry and physiology to the understanding of drug actions. The molecular interactions between drugs and their tissue receptors and possible modifications of drugs to target different receptors will be discussed. Drugs used to treat infectious disease, treat cardiovascular disease, modulate the immune system, and treat cancer will be examined for their molecular interactions. Students will understand the complexities of new drug design and development from the initial stages of laboratory development to final approval for use by the Food and Drug Administration.
Approved Start: 1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: VBSC 438
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to correlate their knowledge of basic and organic chemistry, biochemistry and physiology to the understanding of drug actions. The molecular interactions between drugs and their tissue receptors and possible modifications of drugs to target different receptors will be discussed. Drugs used to treat infectious disease, treat cardiovascular disease, modulate the immune system, and treat cancer will be examined for their molecular interactions. Students will understand the complexities of new drug design and development from the initial stages of laboratory development to final approval for use by the Food and Drug Administration.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: CHEM 202; or CHEM 210 and BIOL 110, BMB 211; BIOL 230W; BMB 251
PROPOSED START: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Altoona College

COURSE ADDS

46-01-011 ENVST 428
Title: Environmental Economics and Policy
Abbreviated Title: Env Econ Policy (3)
Description: Our free market system has brought us tremendous increases in productivity and
innovation over the last century. However, at times the production or consumption of goods or
services generates side effects that can lower the welfare of society, or even threaten society’s
very existence. What should be done? Environmental economics provides one tool to examine this question. There are four broad areas in the field of environmental economics: benefit-cost analysis including the valuation of the environment and the cost of environmental regulation; institutional design in the regulation of the environment; and exhaustible and renewable resource management. This course will provide an overview of these four areas and will examine several applications of the techniques found in the environmental economics literature.
Prerequisites: ( ECON 102; ECON 104 ) and ( STAT 200; STAT 250 )
Proposed Start: SP2018

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Arts and Architecture

46-01-012 Number Not Assigned

46-01-013 Change. Remove Entrance to Major Requirements.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

Photography Minor

Contact: Keith Shapiro, kds3@psu.edu

Colege of Arts and Architecture (PHOTO_UMNR)

Students in the Photography Minor will gain access to skills and knowledge necessary to identify and create professional quality photographic images. The learning outcomes include technical and intellectual proficiency, creative skills and capabilities, commercially oriented skills and knowledge, collaborative and visual communication skills and experiences, cultural awareness and ethical understanding regarding the use of images and life-long learning skills. It will raise students’ overall level of proficiency and enhance their life-long learning skills in image making. Professional photographic skills are readily adaptable for use in a wide variety of majors and careers that rely on or benefit from the use of photography. The minor strengthens existing majors where making or using professional quality photographic imagery would be an advantage.

The minor is intended for students in any major who have a need or desire to acquire professional photographic skills and knowledge. The minor includes two prescribed classes, PHOTO 303 (3 cr.) and PHOTO 404 (4 cr.). These two courses focus students on client-based commercially oriented photographic skills and knowledge. Students are then free to choose the remaining 12 credits of additional PHOTO courses with the intent that with these courses they will tailor their curriculum to suit their specific need or interest. Students in the Photography Minor will thus benefit from access to the professionally oriented PHOTO courses developed for the Professional Photography (B.Des) major.

Retention Requirements: Retention will be determined through verification of sustained academic growth as demonstrated by earning of grades of C or higher within the Photography minor. Failure to do so is grounds for an academic warning, with clear written strategies and a time frame for the student to return to good standing. Should the student not address the issue, the faculty may advise the student into a different program or minor.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Some courses may require prerequisites.

For a Minor in Photography, a minimum of 19 credits is required.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 19 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES: (7 credits)
PHOTO 303(3), PHOTO 404(4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (12 credits)
Select 9 credits of PHOTO courses (Sem: 1-8)
Select 3 credits of 400-level PHOTO courses (Sem: 5-8)

COURSE ADDS

46-01-014 ARCH 410
Title: Building Material Reclamation & Reuse
Abbreviated Title: Bldg Matl Reuse (3)
Description: This course is a very hands-on, project-based seminar focusing on the theory and
practice of building material salvage and recycling. Through active and applied learning, students will gain experience in handling, preserving and adding value to salvaged building materials. The course will consist of a variety of small-scale  design-build projects, where students will learn and practice the methods and techniques of reclamation and explore the design possibilities of reused material. In addition to being a practical hands-on seminar, this course is also intended to explore and examine the broader historical and theoretical context for the activity of building material reclamation and reuse. Since the literal fall of the Roman Empire, reclaimed building materials have been creatively used in the design and construction of new buildings, yet we lack a thoughtful theoretical (and poetic) construct that supports reclamation activity other than the simple and obvious ethics of sustainability. Themes to be explored: ruins, spoglia, palimpsests, weathering, memory and the mnemonic function of architecture.
Prerequisites: 5th Semester standing
Proposed Start SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-015 PHOTO 404

Title: Professional Photography Capstone Seminar: Self-Marketing and Professional
Presence
Abbreviated Title: Pro Photo Cap (3)
Description: PHOTO 404: Professional Photography Capstone: Self-Marketing and Professional Presence is a culminating problem based learning course where students analyze, synthesize, and organize their creative, academic, co-curricular, internship and photographic experiences to present to audiences of potential clients and employers in preparation for careers in professional photography or related fields. Trends in effective self-marketing and professional presence change over time with shifts in cultures, styles, and technologies. The Internet has given rise to global niche markets as well, which photographers often accommodate. As a result, there is no clear one-size-fits-all approach to this inconstant problem. We have chosen to apply a problem-based learning approach to this course with the intent that students will work with their instructors and peers to tailor the course learning problems to be relevant to each individual student and still meet the course learning objectives. To achieve that, in collaboration with their instructor and peers, every student will design five individualized capstone projects specifically pertinent to his or her situation. Each project will directly address at least two of the course major teaching topics. Much of the work of the capstone course will focus on reflection, refinement, and synthesis.
Approved Start: 201617SP

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 4
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: PHOTO 300; or PHOTO 303
PROPOSED START: SP2019

 

 

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
The Behrend College

 

46-01-016 Change. Remove CMPSC 471 and MIS 336 from Prescribed courses. Add CMPSC 421 and 431W to Prescribed courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

Computer Science

Penn State Erie, The Behrend College (CMPBD)

The goal of the Computer Science major at Behrend is to produce graduates with a firm foundation in the fundamentals of computer science along with a significant background in one or more of the natural sciences to provide context. Students are encouraged to pursue a minor in one of the natural sciences (biology, chemistry), math, or statistics. Students prepare for the major by taking lower-division courses in programming, discrete math, computer organization, and data communications. They then complete upper-division courses in data structures and algorithms, data base management systems, net-centric programming, programming language fundamentals, and operating systems, and systems programming.

Graduates of this program will be prepared for a wide variety of computer-oriented careers in business, industry, and government, particularly in areas that require the practical application of computer science concepts and techniques to solving problems in the natural sciences. In addition, graduates will be prepared to pursue graduate study in computer science or in computationally intensive sub-disciplines of the natural sciences, such as bio-informatics, computational biology, computational physics, or computational chemistry.

Entrance Requirement: To be eligible for entrance to the Computer Science (CMPBD) major, a student must have completed MATH 140 GQ(4), MATH 141 GQ(4), CMPSC 121 GQ(3), CMPSC 122(3), and one of the following: BIOL 110 GN(4), or CHEM 110 GN(3) and CHEM 111 GN(1) or PHYS 211 GN(4) with a grade of C or better in each of these courses.

For a B.S. degree in Computer Science, a minimum of 122-123 credits is required. A student enrolled in this major must earn at least a grade of C in each 300- and 400-level course in the major field.

Scheduling Recommendations by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(21 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 1 credit

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 97-98 credits
(This includes 21 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GQ courses, 6 credits of GWS courses, 9 credits of GN courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (57 credits)
CMPSC 121 GQ(3)[1], CMPSC 122(3)[1], MATH 140 GQ(4)[1], MATH 141 GQ(4)[1], MATH 220 GQ(2) (Sem: 1-2)
CMPSC 221(3), CMPSC 312(3)[1], CMPSC 335(3)[1], CMPSC 360(3)[1], CAS 100A GWS(3), ENGL 202C GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
CMPSC 465(3)[1], STAT 301(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)
CMPSC 431W(3)[18], CMPSC 461(3)[1], CMPSC 474(3)[1], CMPSC 421(3)[18], CMPSC 484(2)[1], CMPSC 485(3)[1] (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (25-26 credits)

Select one of the following sequences (10-11 credits):
a. CHEM 110 GN(3), BIOL 110 GN(4), BIOL 220W GN(4) or BIOL 230 GN(4) or BIOL 240 GN(4) (Sem:1-2)
b. CHEM 110 GN(3), CHEM 111 GN(l), CHEM 112 GN(3), CHEM 113 GN(1), CHEM 210(3) (Sem: 1-2)
c. PHYS 211 GN(4), PHYS 212 GN(4), PHYS 213 GN(2) or PHYS 214 GN(2) (Sem: 1-2)

Select at least 15 additional science credits from department approved list (Sem: 3-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (15 credits)
Select 6 credits from the school approved list [Students may apply 6 credits of ROTC] [Students may apply 6 credits of internship CMPSC 495] (Sem: 3-8)
Select 9 additional credits from CMPSC 302 or higher, CMPEN, SWENG. (Sem: 1-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.

[18] A grade of C or better per course is required for teacher certification.


46-01-017 – Proposal Pulled from the Report


46-01-018 Change. Add GAME 220 and 250 to Prescribed Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

Game Development Minor

Penn State Erie, The Behrend College (GAMBD)

Contact: Richard Zhao, richardzhao@psu.edu

Game Development is the craft of transforming a concept into an engaging interactive form. This craft is highly interdisciplinary, requiring students to answer questions about the human condition (what makes a game fun), about psychology (what makes an interface engaging), about aesthetics (what makes something pleasing), and about technical considerations (how to implement a game). Students pursuing the Game Development minor are required to explore a variety of disciplines in the breadth component. Often these classes will also be qualified as general education. Disciplinary depth in selected areas is achieved in the depth component. Finally, student teams complete a capstone design class, working in teams to complete a project from concept to implementation.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES: (9 credits)
GAME 220 GA(3) (Sem: 1-4)
GAME 250 GQ(3) (Sem: 2-4)
GAME 480(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES: (9 credits)
Select 3 credits of 100 or 200-level GAME courses (excluding GAME 220 and 250); or PSYCH 244(3) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 6 credits of 400-level GAME courses (excluding GAME 480) (Sem: 5-6)

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-019 ARTSA 403

Title: Fundraising and Grant Writing
Abbreviated Title: Fundrsnggrantwrit (3)
Description: This course explores strategies to identify and secure financial support for arts organizations and not-for-profit institutions. ARTSA 403 Fundraising and Grant Writing (3) ARTSA 403, Fundraising and Grant Writing, is an upper level requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree in Arts Administration. This course will provide students with an understanding of common institutional and leadership structures in the world of not-for-profit organizations. The course will explore proven strategies to create and maintain fiscal stability by generating revenue from a variety of potential financial sources. These include individuals and businesses, federal, state, and community resources, and charitable foundations. Students will also examine practical methods for development, including special events, long and short term campaigns, and the writing of proposals and grants. Upon completion of this course, ARTSA majors will be equipped with the skills necessary to plan and develop organizational solvency.
Prerequisite: ARTSA301
Concurrent:  ARTSA401
Approved Start: SU2015

NEW
REMOVE PREREQUISITE
REMOVE CONCURRENT

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
COMMUNICATION

 

46-01-020 Add. New Bachelor of Arts in Strategic Communications.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Strategic Communications

University Park, College of Communications

PROFESSOR COLLEEEN CONNOLLY-AHERN, Faculty Member in Charge

The Strategic Communications online degree explores the theories, methods, and tools used to structure persuasive messages. The major includes an overview of strategic communications principles and concepts that sets the stage for more advanced studies. Students learn about research and analytic techniques used to design and implement effective communication campaigns that are delivered via traditional and new media options. The use of digital technology and social media is emphasized. The program examines the dynamics of the political, legal, social, cultural environments that interact to define a communication task or problem. Students also learn techniques to benchmark and evaluate the effectiveness of strategic communications programs and understand how they apply to internal and external constituencies. Students studying strategic communications will refine their critical thinking skills and explore the nature and source of the information message content, medium of delivery, and evaluation of the impact of the message on targeted groups. This program will be accredited by the Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communication.

For the Bachelor of Arts in Strategic Communications, a minimum of 120 credits is required.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing Given Like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 35 credits

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in Electives)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in Electives or General Education Requirements or Requirements for the Major)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 24 credits

ELECTIVES: 26-37 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 35 credits [1]

PRESCRIBED COURSES (29 credits)
COMM 160(1), COMM 230 WAC(3), COMM 428A(3), COMM 428B(3), COMM 428C(3), COMM 428D(3), COMM 428E(3), ECON 102 GS(3), PSYCH 100 GS(3), STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (3 credits)
CC 401(3); CC 402(3); CC 403(3) (Sem: 1-8)
COMM 403(3); COMM 405(3); COMM 409(3); COMM 412(3); COMM 419 US;IL(3); COMM 495 (1-3)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (3 credits)
Select 3 credits of COMM courses (other than COMM 100 or COMM 120) (Sem: 5-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Earth and Mineral Sciences

46-01-021 Change. Add Entrance Requirements. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Materials Science and Engineering

University Park, College of Earth and Mineral Sciences (MATSE)

PROFESSOR GARY L. MESSING, Head, Department of Materials Science and Engineering
PROFESSOR R. ALLEN KIMEL, Associate Head of Undergraduate Studies, Materials Science and Engineering

Materials, like ceramics, metals, polymers, and composites, are critical to the growth and success of many industries and key to most engineering disciplines. Graduates of Materials Science and Engineering are employed, or proceed to graduate studies, in many fields such as energy, medicine, sustainability, electronics, communications, transportation, aerospace, defense, and infrastructure industries.

The mission of the department is to provide students with a well-rounded engineering education, with specific emphasis on materials science and engineering in order to meet the needs of industry, academia, and government; to conduct research at the frontiers of the field; and to provide an integrating and leadership role to the broad multidisciplinary materials community.

The integration of knowledge and skills acquired during the course of study in the Materials Science and Engineering program provides graduates with the following student outcomes:

a) Graduates will be able to apply knowledge of mathematics and advanced science and engineering principles to materials systems.

b) Graduates will be able to design and conduct experiments and to analyze and interpret data.

c) Graduates will be able to design a process, a microstructure, or a component to satisfy system needs.

d) Graduates will be able to function on multi-disciplinary teams.

e) Graduates will be able to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.

f) Graduates will understand professional and ethical responsibility.

g) Graduates will be able to communicate effectively, both in writing and in speech.

h) Graduates will possess the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.

i) Graduates will recognize the need for, and be able to engage in, lifelong learning.

j) Graduates will have a knowledge of contemporary issues.

k) Graduates will be able to use the experimental, analytical, statistical, and computational tools for engineering practice in the materials discipline.

l) Graduates will be able to apply the fundamental principles underlying and connecting the structure, processing, properties, and performance of materials systems.

The educational objectives of the undergraduate program are embedded into our mission statement. We will provide and maintain a curriculum that will prepare our recent graduates to accomplish the following Program Educational Objectives:

Our graduates provide science and engineering leadership in international industrial, governmental, and academic settings, while serving both their profession and the public.

Our graduates are innovators in a wide variety of technical fields including, but not limited to, materials, energy, electronics, medicine, communications, transportation, and recreation.

Our graduates excel in careers relating to the entire life cycle of materials, from synthesis and processing, through design and development, to manufacturing, performance, reclamation, and recycling.

Our graduates engage in lifelong learning activities which enhance their careers and provide flexibility to respond to changing professional and societal needs.

We achieve these objectives by providing a rigorous but flexible curriculum that allows the student to design their degree in materials science and engineering to achieve their specific academic and professional career interests.

In addition to the cutting edge curriculum, we provide many opportunities to strengthen the student’s undergraduate studies through research experiences. For example, over 60% of the undergraduates are members of a research group and participate in the extensive materials research programs at Penn State. Further, we provide opportunities for International Internships in Materials, where our students go abroad to perform research at one of the many internationally recognized partner universities in Europe and Asia.

The B.S. degree in Materials Science and Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, Inc., 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012, telephone: 410.347.7700 or www.abet.org.

Entrance to Major Requirements: In order to be eligible for entrance to the Materials Science and Engineering major, a student must have: 1) Attained at least a 2.00 cumulative grade-point average. 2) Completed CHEM 110 GN(3), CHEM 111 GN(1), CHEM 112 GN(3), CHEM 113 GN(1), MATH 140 GQ(4), MATH 141 GQ(4), MATH 220(2) and PHYS 211(4); earned a grade of C or better in each of these courses; and earned a combined grade point average of at least 2.50 in these courses. (Note: If courses are repeated, only the higher grade will be used in this calculation.)

For the B.S. in Materials Science and Engineering, a minimum of 131 credits is required. This baccalaureate program in Materials Science and Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, Inc., www.abet.org..

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION 45 credits
(24 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of Bulletin. Note: The Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) does not permit the use of skills courses to satisfy the Arts category of General Education.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 110 credits
(This includes 24 credits of General Education courses: 9 credits of GN courses; 6 credits of GQ courses; 9 credits of GWS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (79 credits)
CHEM 110 GN(3), CHEM 111 GN(1), CHEM 113 GN(1), CHEM 202 GN(3), CMPSC 200 GQ(3), EMSC 100 GWS(3)[71], MATH 140G GQ(4), MATH 141G GQ(4), MATH 220 GQ(2), MATH 231(2), MATH 251(4), MATSE 112 GN(3), PHYS 211 GN(4), PHYS 212 GN(4), IE 424(3) (Sem: 1-4)
MATSE 201(3)[1], MATSE 202(3)[1], MATSE 413 GN(3) (Sem: 3-4)
ENGL 202C GWS(3), MATSE 400(3)[1], MATSE 401(3)[1], MATSE 402(3)[1], MATSE 419(3), MATSE 430(3)[1], MATSE 436(3), MATSE 460(1), MATSE 462(1), MATSE 492(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (19 credits)
ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 3 or 6 credits from Synthesis and Processing: MATSE 411(3), MATSE 422(3), MATSE 425(3), MATSE 441(3), MATSE 448(3), MATSE 450(3) (Sem: 6-8)
Select 3 or 6 credits from Structure and Characterization: MATSE 410(3), MATSE 415(3), MATSE 421(3), MATSE 444(3), MATSE 445(3), MATSE 455(3) (Sem: 6-8)
Select 3 or 6 credits from Properties: MATSE 412(3), MATSE 417(3), MATSE 435(3), MATSE 446(3), MATSE 447(3) (Sem: 6-8)
Select 1 credit from Processing Laboratory: MATSE 463(1), MATSE 468(1), MATSE 472(1), MATSE 474(1) (Sem: 7)
Select 3 credits from Senior Capstone Experience: MATSE 493(3) or MATSE 494W(3) (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSE AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits of approved Science or Engineering Elective courses in consultation with advisor (Sem: 6-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.
[71] The following substitutions are allowed for students attending campuses where the indicated course is not offered: CAS 100 GWS or ENGL 202C GWS can be substituted for EMSC 100 GWS.

COURSE ADDS

46-01-022 GEOG 230
Title: Geographic Perspectives on Environment, Society and Sustainability
Abbreviated Title: Geog Hum-Envt Sys (3)
Description: A major theme in the discipline of geography is the study of the relationships between humans and the natural environment. GEOG 230 introduces students to the multiple ways in which people and the environment are interconnected. From a dynamic systems perspective, we refer to this interconnectedness as “coupled social-ecological systems.” The course uses a geographic perspective to understand how differently these linkages are shaped in various ecological and cultural settings around the globe. The course follows an interdisciplinary approach, exploring from multiple angles major environmental and societal challenges such as climate change, genetically-modified food, over-consumption, disease, and environmental service provision in the industrialized North and the Global South. It promotes critical thinking regarding key concepts such as carrying capacity, ecological footprints, feedback, stability domains, and resilience. Students are encouraged to examine their role and responsibilities for the sustainability of the social- ecological systems we inhabit and to take action in their own lives to contribute to a more equitable and sustainable environment. The course will provide students with the opportunity to read, learn, and debate about the ways in which humans value, use, affect, and are affected by small-scale and large-scale human-environment interactions. It will provide them with skills for critically analyzing and evaluating the ways in which humans have transformed the environment in different parts of the world. They will also learn how to assess what future pathways are sustainable and ethically sound. One key goal of the course will be to help students increase their sensitivity to the global and international context of human interactions with nature. A discussion section allows students to explore controversial issues such as biotechnology, nature as a commodity, and global warming, and to develop critical positions on such issues. Through attendance of lectures, participation in discussion sections, and completion of reading and writing assignments, successful students will: – build an interdisciplinary understanding of how biophysical and social environments are intertwined and shape one another – comprehend the range and importance of different disciplinary approaches to researching human-environment systems – develop a toolkit of key concepts and theories for understanding human-environment systems and evaluating questions of sustainability – evaluate and critique different perspectives for intervening in human-environment interactions, including sustainable development, deep ecology and degrowth.
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-023 GEOG 260
Title: Geographic Information in a Changing World: Introduction to GIScience
Abbreviated Title: Intro GIScience (3)
Description: In a rapidly changing world, detailed, up-to-date geographic data are indispensable
ingovernance, commerce, security, public health, and many other domains. These data are also
needed to support research intended to improve our understanding of social and environmental systems. Making data useful in these domains requires methods and tools that transform data to information and that make that information accessible where and when it is needed. Geographic data specify the locations and characteristics of people, and objects both natural and anthropogenic in nature. Geographic data are produced by several formal methods, including land surveying, aerial photography and photogrammetry, satellite remote sensing and positioning systems, and social surveys such as those conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau. They also are derived through informal methods that rely on the vast and growing array of location-enabled devices including cell phones, smart watches, credit card transaction records, and RFID tags on packages, along with volunteers compiling input to projects such as the Open Street Map. Geographic informationsystems (GIS) and related technologies are used to turn those data into the information people need to make informed decisions. Maps and related graphics generated on a wide array of devices from cell phones to large touch-screen displays then make the information more accessible and by doing so enable those decisions.Geographic Information Science (GIScience) is concerned with the design, development, and use of geographic information and technologies (also called geospatial technologies) to help institutions and individuals respond to, and ideally to predict,
environmental and social change. This course provides a broad, practical foundation of Geographic Information Science methods and technologies for aspiring Geography majors and students pursuing the Geographic Information Science minor or undergraduate certificate. Course Objectives The overall objectives of GEOG 260 are that students will: 1. gain a broad perspective on geographic information science and related technologies and how those technologies are used to collect, process, and provide access to geographic data; 2. be prepared for more advanced study of GIS, remote sensing, cartography and spatial analysis. 3. gain experience with asynchronous online learning. Learning Outcomes Students will become knowledgeable and critical consumers of geographic data and information produced by government agencies, industry, and popular media. Students will be able to: 1. identify the kind(s) of geographic information needed for a particular but focused task; 2. determine whether needed data are available; 3. use relevant technologies to acquire, process, and assess the quality of the data if available; 4. interpret and appraise maps of the data critically.
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-024 GEOG 326
Title: Geographic Perspectives on Economic Systems
Abbreviated Title: Geog Econ Systems (3)
Description: This course builds on concepts presented in the introductory human geography
course to explore the subfield of economic geography. It serves as a foundation for courses on
economic development, political economy, and other offerings in geography. It will provide a balanced view of contemporary economic processes across the world through a geographical
lens, focusing on a wide range of topics including the history of globalization, spatial structures of firms and businesses, international trade, and state interventions. The main objective of this course is to give students access to a geographer’s lens for analyzing, interpreting, and critiquing information related to the economy. By the end of the course, students should be able to evaluate the role of different abstract principles in the creation of the economic landscape and to incorporate important critiques of these abstractions into their understanding of how and why uneven development is produced in economic systems. This course will also develop students’ skills in formulating and presenting written and oral arguments based on their own knowledge in conjunction with various reference materials.
Prerequisites: GEOG 220 or GEOG 20;
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-025 GEOG 328
Title: War, Peace, and Diplomacy: Understanding Contemporary Geopolitics
Abbreviated Title: Geopolitics (3)
Description: This course expands on concepts presented in the introductory human geography course, understanding geopolitics and international relations through an examination of the spatial relationships among political processes and institutions. It explores the problems, promises and paradoxes of international violence and the efforts to address violence through human rights initiatives and international peace movements. Particular emphasis is given to developing an integrative view of how global, national and local scale processes interact to produce patterns of peace and conflict. The course analyzes how individuals, the state and other political actors engage with geography to produce violent or peaceful outcomes. GEOG 328 does not simply explore issues of violence and peace from a “top-down” perspective that focuses on the nation-state and international, state actors. Rather, it focuses on the multiplicity of perspectives and actors that come together to create violent or peaceful conditions. As a result, this course explores violence and the broader movement to address violence through human rights initiatives. We will explore violence and peace in the 20th and 21st centuries, the ways the organization of space and place is linked to violence and peace, and how international efforts to address violence and war are linked through time and space. This course also dissects the definition of human rights, the idea of ‘just war’ and the way peace movements may both sustain and undermine efforts at ending violence. Course Objectives: The overarching goal of this course is to educate us about the legacies of violence and the struggle to construct a more just and peaceful world. At the end of the semester students should be able to: 1) define and articulate different notions of violence and recognize how the definition of violence is related to diplomatic efforts at addressing human rights violations 2) understand the relationship between violence in one area of the world and resulting broader geopolitical power dynamics, especially the human-territorial considerations of violence and peace. Learning Outcomes: At the end of this course students should be able to: 1) Identify and define structural violence 2) Explain the differences between positive and negative peace. 3) Define human rights and explain their connection to geopolitics 4) Explain how truth processes work and identify
their strengths and limitations. 5) Identify how the definition of peace changes at different
scales.
Prerequisites: GEOG 220 or Geog 20
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-026 GEOG 410
Title: Climatic Change and Variability
Abbreviated Title: Climat Chnge & Var (3)
Description: This course introduces students to the physical dimensions of climate change and
variability over a variety of temporal and spatial scales. The focus is on recent and future global warming, but we will spend some time looking at climate changes of the past, as context for the future. The emphasis is on the physical science behind questions of global and regional climate changes, but we will also pay some attention to shorter-period climate variations/teleconnections and their impacts on human systems (as possible analogs of future climate change). Because scientific discovery and analysis takes place within a particular social context, we will consider the values, ethics and responsibilities of scientists in general, and specifically in the contexts of geoengineering to minimize or reverse global climate changes. Climate change topics include radiative forcing, greenhouse gases and aerosols, scenario development using statistical and dynamical approaches, equilibrium GCMs versus time-dependent models. Important climate variation topics are droughts, floods, heat/cold waves,
and the role of teleconnections; notably, the El Nino-Southern Oscillation, North Atlantic Oscillation and Arctic/Antarctic Oscillations. Because most professional research on climate change and variation involves collaborative science teams, this course emphasizes collaboration and participation. Course Objectives 1. Provide students a basic understanding of the climate system and the internal and external forcings that produces climate variability and change over varying time scales. 2. Introduce students to the tools of the trade –how statistical and global climate models work and why they are used. 3. Help students to think critically about global climate change projections and their implications for natural and human systems. 4. Improve students’ skills in communicating science concepts for a variety of audiences. Learning Outcomes As a result of taking the course, students should have an increased understanding of
global climate change and its potential impacts on society, including: 1. Understand, and be able to explain to others, the physical basis for future global climate change. 2. Be able to set future changes in the context of past climate change and variability. 3. Understand the influence of national and international organizations in structuring climate change research and possible remedies. 4. Articulate their own values, ethics and world view and recognize how these frame their own understanding and perspectives on climate change issues.
Prerequisites: GEOG 310 or METEO 101 or METEO 201
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-027 GEOG 433
Title: Geographies of Justice
Abbreviated Title: Geogs of Justice (3)
Description: The justice concept has been a topic of interest within various academic and policy realms concerned with the inequities experienced by racial groups, socio-economic class, and ethnicity. The environment justice movement is generally understood to have begun in the
early 1980s with a series of events that demonstrated the inequitable distribution of health hazards and risk. While much work in environmental justice has usefully focused on the disproportionate exposure of poor and minority populations to environmental hazards, conceptualizations of justice have expanded in recent years to include systematic and comparative research within urban and rural populations, industrialized and developing contexts, access to and control over resources, as well as unwilling exposure to hazards, processes and institutions of environmental governance. These trends have resulted in greater attention to the social processes that create and perpetuate inequality on the basis of race, gender, income, or other social categories. In exploring the “fast conceptual transfer” of the environmental justice concept to other settings, Walker and Bulkeley (2006: 655) suggest emerging interest in distribution between nation-states, an expansion of terms to include gender, age and future generations, and intersections with the vulnerability literatures to examine the threat of natural and produced risks. This course engages with the history and future of social and environmental justice. We begin by examining the emergence of the environmental justice movement in the United States and subsequent export of the justice concept to other topics, including sustainable development and climate change, and within other settings, including Sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America. In exploring the diverse ways that justice is being applied at the present time, we will also question the future viability for justice as a conceptual and organizational tool. Course Objectives This course has four primary objectives: – Examine the history of the concept of environmental justice and the environmental justice movement in the United States; – Consider multiple definitions of environmental justice such as procedural and distributive justice; – Examine the application of the environmental justice concept to other topics, including sustainable development and climate change, and within other settings, including Sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America; and – Consider future directions for environmental justice.
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-028 GEOG 465
Title: Advanced Geographic Information Systems Modeling
Abbreviated Title: Adv GIS Modeling (3)
Description: You’ve learned the fundamentals and principles of GIS, and this course extends
this knowledge to modeling geospatial scenarios. A GIS model simulates real-world phenomena, including environmental, physical and natural features, as well as social features such as demographic, transportation and origin-destination data. We will model raster and vector data types with an emphasis on multi-criteria GIS operations, using ArcGIS, R and potential other software packages. Course Objectives and Learning Outcomes Upon completion, the student should be able to: 1. Discuss basic GIS modeling principles: what, why, how. 2. Find, use, store, retrieve and evaluate GIS datasets. 3. Describe capabilities and limitations of GIS methods and models. 4. Implement capabilities, tools and packages in ArcMap GIS and R environments. 5. Use R for programming tasks such as looping and branching 6. Evaluate an external software program and create a model using this software 7. Exhibit ability to design and carry out spatial analyses using GIS. 8. Communicate the results of geographic analyses to others, both in oral and in written form. 9. Analyze spatial data sets in terms of predictability and uncertainty 10. Calibrate models based on real-world datasets.
Prerequisites: Geog 363
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-029 PNG 301
Title: Introduction to Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering
Abbreviated Title: Intro Pet Nat Gas (3)
Description: Introduction to the design and implementation of the systems used in the extraction of oil and gas, including basic calculations in production, reservoir, facilities, and drilling engineering. Differences between unconventional and conventional extractions and systems are described. Section 1: Fundamentals of Petroleum Engineering (material for co-class PNG 411) 1. History of oil industry 2. Origins of petroleum reservoirs 3. Conventional versus
unconventional oil and gases 4. Different type of oil and gas reservoirs 5. Oil and gas engineering: – Petroleum exploration – Drilling – Reservoir engineering – Production – Onshore/Offshore engineering – Transportation, refining, processing – Petroleum products – Oil and gas markets 6. Environmental impacts Section 2: Drilling engineering 1. Components of drilling rigs 2. Bit types 3. Mud and hydraulic systems 4. Open hole logging 5. Casing design 6. Completion types – Open hole – Slotted liner – Cased and perforated/cementing – Horizontal vs. vertical – Multi-stage hydraulic fracturing for unconventionals Section 3: Reservoir engineering 1. Reservoir conditions: temperature, pressure 2. Darcy’s law – Absolute permeability – Relative permeability 3. Reservoir production mechanisms and stages of production (primary, secondary, tertiary) 4. What’s in a reservoir: – Reservoir fluids: Oil, gas, and water – Phase behavior – Reservoir solids 5. Reservoir properties: porosity, permeability, lithology, compressibility 6. Reservoir heterogeneity: fundamental concepts of geostatistics 7. How much is the reserve? Volumetric calculation 8. Multiphase flow concepts: – Contact angle, wettability,
capillary pressure, saturation 9. Reservoir fluid properties: formation volume factors, 10.
Reservoir as a tank: Material balance calculation 1 11. Reservoir as a tank: Material balance
calculation 2 12. Decline curves and rate transient analysis Section IV: Production engineering 1.
Stimulation 2. Artificial lift 3. Cased hole logging/PLT/PIT 4. Drill-stem tests Section V. Facilities engineering 1. Separators 2. Gathering facilities 3. Stock tanks 4. Recycle plants 5. Pipelines 6. Water treatment/disposal
Prerequisites: PHYS 211; or PHYS 250
Proposed Start: SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-030 EARTH 202
Title: Modeling the Earth System
Abbreviated Title: Earth System Model (3)
Description: A quantitative introduction to the evolution of Earth’s biosphere, atmosphere, and hydrosphere, with emphasis on the carbon cycle and climate. EARTH 202 Modeling the Earth System (3) EARTH 202 is a broad introduction to the Earth, and to the forces and processes that shape the present-day global environment. The course focuses on climate change on all time scales, with special emphasis on human time scales and the problem of human-induced global warming. The topic of ozone depletion is also included. Unlike most other "environmental" courses, this one sets these issues in the context of the long-term evolution and natural variability of the Earth system. Thus the course is structured around three major themes–the issues of global change, time scales of change, and understanding the Earth as a system. A modeling component is included to actively engage students in the process of exploring Earth system dynamics through computer modeling. Modeling will be incorporated throughout the class, beginning with simple models and working toward more sophisticated models such as the global carbon cycle. The modeling software to be used will be appropriate to second-year undergraduates who do not have previous experience with solving differential equations or with computer programming.
Prerequisites: MATH 140 or MATH 110 or MATH 083 ; CHEM 110
Approved Start: SU2009

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 402
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Earth 402 is a broad introduction to the modeling Earth systems, building on a basic understanding of calculus, chemistry, and the processes that control the global climate system. Students will learn the tools of modeling and develop models that enable us to explore the dynamics of these systems, simulating the future of these systems. The course focuses on the carbon cycle and climate change with an emphasis on human time scales and the problem of human-induced global warming. We explore the linkages between energy consumption, energy policy, global economics, and the global climate system
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: EARTH 2; EARTH 103 MATH 140; MATH 110; MATH 83; CHEM 110
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-031 GEOG 431
Title: Geography of Water Resources
Abbreviated Title: Water Resources (3)
Description:
Perspectives on water as a resource and hazard for human society; water resource issues in environmental and regional planning. GEOG 431 Geography of Water Resources (3)(BA) This course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. Geography 431 is designed to help geographers, earth scientists, planners, other environmental professionals as well as non-science majors to develop an awareness and appreciation of the multiple perspectives that can be brought to studies of water as a resource and hazard, and of the ways in which resource-management decisions made in human society are strongly related to the availability, quantity, and quality of water. The course traces the hydrologic cycle as a cascading system, addressing factors contributing to flow of water through the system, models of each process, and how processes affect (and are affected by) other land use change and related resource decisions. The course then turns to issues of water resource management, including issues surrounding irrigation; dams and dam removal; provision of safe potable water; water quality including human and wildlife effects; the water economy including bottled water, privatization, and water as a free good; water law; institutions for water management at the global, national, regional and local scale; and issues of water for national security and international peace.

NEW
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Geog Wtr Resources
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: GEOG 431 is designed for students to understand the natural processes of aquatic ecosystems, management of water resources, and threats to sustaining water quantity and quality, for all types of freshwater surface, groundwater, rivers, lakes, wetlands. This course should appeal to water resource managers, geographers, ecologists, earth scientists, planners, other environmental professionals as well as non-science majors. This course will develop awareness and appreciation of the multiple perspectives about water as a precious resource, commodity, and sometimes hazard. Students in the course will first examine water characteristics, sources, classification systems, and aquatic ecosystems. Next, we will examine water resource management, including issues surrounding irrigation; floods and dams; provision of safe potable water; threats to water quantity and quality including human and aquatic ecosystem effects; the water economy including virtual water and water footprints; water laws and policy; institutions for water management at the global, national, regional and local scale; and issues of water conflict, security, and climate change.
Course Objectives:
Learn how/why water is distributed unevenly in space and time around the Earth.
Examine ways resource management decisions made in human society are strongly related to the availability, quantity, and quality of water.
Examine water characteristics, sources, classification systems, and aquatic ecosystems.
Examine water resource management, including issues surrounding irrigation; floods and dams; provision of safe potable water; threats to water quantity and quality including human and aquatic ecosystem effects; the water economy including virtual water and water footprints; water laws and policy; institutions for water management at the global, national, regional and local scale; and issues of water conflict, security, and climate change.
When you successfully complete this course, you will be prepared to:
Identify the unique characteristics of freshwater.
Describe, with a geographic perspective, how and why freshwater is distributed unevenly in space and time around Earth.
Explain the natural processes of aquatic ecosystems.
Discuss why conflicts arise over the vital resource of freshwater.
Identify challenges facing water management in varied climate types around the world.
Compare how humans interact with aquatic ecosystems.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-032 GEOG 497

Title: Special Topics
Abbreviated Title: Special Topics (1-9:9)
Description: Formal courses given infrequently to explore, in depth, a comparatively
narrow subject which may be topical or of special interest.
Approved Start: 1999SP

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 1-9
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-033 GEOG 498 
Title: Special Topics
Abbreviated Title: Special Topics (1-9:9)
Description: Formal courses given infrequently to explore, in depth, a comparatively narrow subject which may be topical or of special interest.
Approved Start: 1999SP

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 1-9
PROPOSED START: SP2019

COURSE DROPS

46-01-034 GEOG 475 (H)
Title: Labor in the Global Economy: U.S. and South African Perspectives
Abbreviated Title: Lbr Glob Econ (3-3:3)
Description: This course focuses on how the nature of work is changing in the global economy, and the implications for economic opportunity and inequality in both . LER (GEOG) 475H Labor in the Global Economy: U.S. and South African Perspectives (3) This seminar focuses on how the nature of work is changing in the “new economy” and the implications for economic opportunity and inequality in both the United States and South Africa. Sections of the course examine: theoretical approaches to understanding contemporary process of labor restructuring, including globalization, rise of an information economy, and growth in service sector employment; case studies of restructuring processes in different industrial sectors in both the U.S. and South Africa; and innovative labor organizing initiatives at a local, regional and global scale. This course aims to develop a framework for understanding the nature of contemporary processes of economic restructuring and its impact on the world of work. Drawing on research in both a South African and U.S. context, key case studies in the changing nature of work will be examined. This will provide a deeper understanding of how broad macro-level changes in the nature of contemporary capitalism are mediated by a variety of technological, political, and socio-economic factors in particular industries and geographic contexts. Finally, an in-depth look at workers’ responses to these changes at different scales (local, regional, global) will help deepen our understanding of the contested nature of workplace restructuring while exploring promising strategies for improving working conditions. This is a reading-intensive course dealing with the theoretical literature on rapid economic restructuring and how this is shaping work and employment. It is run in collaboration with the Sociology of Work Program at the University of Witwatersrand in Johannesburg, South Africa, with video-conference discussions linking the two courses.
Proposed Start: SP2019
Cross-Listed Courses:  LER 475(LA) (not being dropped)

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Education

COURSE ADDS

46-01-035 MTHED 197
Title: Special Topics
Abbreviated Title: Special Topics (1-9)
Description: Formal courses given infrequently to explore, in depth, a comparatively narrow subject that may be topical or of special interest.
Proposed Start: SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-036 EDUC 100
Title: First-Year Seminar in Education
Abbreviated Title: First-Year Seminar (3)
Description: Learning about a scholarly community through the development of knowledge and
skills needed for successful participation in higher education.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 1-3
PROPOSED START: SP2019

 

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Engineering

45-01-037 Change. Revise program description. Remove ECON 14, CMPSC 202 from Additional Courses. Add CMPSC 200 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Fall Semester 2017

Nuclear Engineering

University Park, College of Engineering (NUC E)

PROFESSOR KAREN A. THOLE, Head, Department of Mechanical and Nuclear Engineering
PROFESSOR ARTHUR T. MOTTA, Program Chair, Nuclear Engineering Program

The overall educational objective of the Nuclear Engineering program is to help prepare our graduates to function effectively in the marketplace in a wide range of career paths in Nuclear Engineering. The technical part of the curriculum, emphasizes nuclear power engineering, which refers to complex systems used to generate electricity. Because of our strong educational and research emphasis in nuclear power engineering, and because a shortage for this expertise exists in the industry, generally the industry values our graduates highly. We recognize that nuclear science, including nuclear security and non-proliferation, is an important growth area. We constantly assess and review the needs of our undergraduate students and their most frequent employers and use this feedback to consider revisions to our curriculum so that it is responsive to the needs of our constituents.

Program Educational Objectives:

Accordingly, we will endeavor to maintain and provide a curriculum that prepares our graduates such that:

  • Within two to three years of graduation, we expect the majority of our B.S. graduates to:
    • be working in industry, especially related to nuclear power engineering,
    • be working in government agencies or national laboratories,
    • be pursuing advanced degrees.
  • We expect that our students will continue to develop professionally and establish themselves in their careers and in this way may take the opportunity to further their education and training by attending graduate school or by pursuing other professional development.

Program Outcomes (Student Outcomes):

The Program outcomes are knowledge, skills, and/or behavior that are derived from the program educational objectives.

a. Students will demonstrate a knowledge of the fundamentals in mathematics, physics, chemistry and the engineering sciences necessary to the nuclear engineering profession.
b. Students will demonstrate an ability to apply the fundamentals to understand, analyze and design nuclear systems; demonstrate knowledge of the contemporary issues affecting the nuclear engineering profession.
c. Students will demonstrate the ability to use appropriate methods and technology for detection and measurement of radiation and for nuclear science.
d. Students will be proficient in the oral and written communication of their work and ideas; show the ability to learn independently using appropriate technology; show ability to work well in teams.
e. Students will demonstrate the ability to operate in a modern, diverse work environment; understand their professional and ethical responsibilities; and be aware of the safety, environmental, and societal consequences of their work in a global contexts

The first two years of the program stress fundamentals in mathematics, chemistry, physics, computer programming, and engineering sciences such as mechanics, materials, and thermodynamics. The last two years provide the breadth and depth in nuclear science, behavior of heat and fluids, reactor theory and engineering, and radiation measurement. The laboratory work includes experiments using the University’s 1,000-kilowatt research reactor. Engineering design is incorporated in many courses from the freshman year to the senior year, but is particularly emphasized in the senior capstone design course, which integrates the critical elements of reactor theory, reactor engineering, safety considerations and economic optimization into a reactor design.

Many graduates are employed by electric power companies that use nuclear power plants, or by companies that help service and maintain those plants. They use their knowledge of engineering principles, radioactive decay, interactions of radiation with matter, and nuclear reactor behavior to help assure that the power plants meet the demand for reliable, economic electricity while ensuring a safe environment. To do this, graduates must be problem solvers who can develop and use complex computer models and sophisticated monitoring systems, design systems to handle radioactive waste, determine if the materials in the plant are becoming brittle or corroded, or manage the fuel in the reactor to get the maximum energy from it. Other graduates work in industries that use radioactivity or radiation to detect problems or monitor processes. Jobs are also found in branches of the government as designers of the next generation of reactors for submarines, aircraft carriers, or space probes, or to manage and clean up contaminated wastes. They could also be involved with regulation of nuclear power or radiation uses, or in research to develop advanced technologies that will be used in next-generation power plants. Graduates who want to further their education in the fields of health physics, radiation biology, or nuclear medical applications find this degree to be a useful preparation.

ENTRANCE TO MAJOR — In addition to the minimum grade point average (GPA) requirements* described in the University Policies, all College of Engineering entrance to major course requirements must also be completed with a minimum grade of C: CHEM 110 (GN), MATH 140 (GQ), MATH 141 (GQ), MATH 250 or MATH 251, PHYS 211 (GN) and PHYS 212 (GN). All of these courses must be completed by the end of the semester during which the admission to major process is carried out.

*In the event that the major is under enrollment control, a higher minimum cumulative grade-point average is likely to be needed and students must be enrolled in the College of Engineering or Division of Undergraduate Studies at the time of confirming their major choice.

For the B.S. degree in Nuclear Engineering, a minimum of 129 credits is required. This baccalaureate program in Nuclear Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, Inc., www.abet.org.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem:1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(27 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 111 credits
(This includes 27 credits of General Education courses: 9 credits of GN courses; 6 credits of GQ courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 9 credits of GWS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (89 credits)
CHEM 110 GN(3)[1], CHEM 111 GN(1), EDSGN 100(3), MATH 140 GQ(4)[1], MATH 141 GQ(4)[1], PHYS 211 GN(4)[1], PHYS 212 GN(4)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
EMCH 211(3), EMCH 212(3), EMCH 213(3), ME 300(3), MATH 230(4), MATH 251(4)[1], PHYS 214 GN(2) (Sem: 3-4)
EE 212(3), EMCH 315(2), EMCH 316(1), ME 320(3), ME 410(3), NUCE 301(4)[1], NUCE 302(4)[1], NUCE 309(3)[1], NUCE 450(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)
ENGL 202C GWS(3), NUCE 310(2), NUCE 403(3), NUCE 430(3)[1], NUCE 431(4), NUCE 451(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (19 credits)
Select 1 credit of First-Year Seminar (Sem: 1-2)
ECON 102 GS(3), ECON 104 GS(3) or EBF 200 GS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
CAS 100A GWS(3) or CAS 100B GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
CMPSC 200 GQ(3) or CMPSC 201 GQ(3) (Sem: 3-4)
Select 6 credits, of which 3 credits must be designated as design, from BME 406(3), NUCE 405(3), NUCE 407(3), NUCE 408(3), NUCE 409(3), NUCE 420(3), NUCE 428(3), NUCE 444(3), NUCE 445(3), NUCE 460(3), NUCE 470(3), NUCE 490(3), NUCE 496(1-18), NUCE 497(1-9) or 500-level NUC E courses with approval of adviser (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (3 credits)
(These courses may have to be chosen so that the engineering design or engineering science requirements for the major are met.)
Select 3 credits in General Technical Elective (GTE) courses from department list. (Sem: 7-8)
(Students who complete Basic ROTC may substitute 6 of the ROTC credits for 3 credits of GTE and 3 credits of GHA.)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-038 Add. New Minor in Service Enterprise Engineering.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer Semester 2018

Service Enterprise Engineering Minor

University Park, College of Engineering

Service sector represents over 80% of the economy and represents over 70% of jobs in the U.S. Service enterprises constitute a wide range in terms of labor intensity, information intensity, and prevailing productivity. Examples of service enterprises include hospitals, retailers, banks, financial institutions, and airlines. This mnior is designed for students interested in learning about applying industrial engineering techniques to service enterprises. Students completing this minor will gain an understanding of applying industrial engineering and operations research tools for modeling, analysis, design and control of service enterprises.

In addition to the stated courses for the minor, students in IE pursuing this minor may require HPA 301 or HDFS 129. Students in HPA, HDFS and any other major will require MATH 220 as a prerequisite for IE 405. IE 405 and IE 322 (or an equivalent course in probability and statistics) are prerequisites for IE 460.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)
IE 460(3), IE 478(3)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (12 credits)
Select 6 credits from Engineering Cluster (Sem: 5-8)
IE 302(3), IE 322(3), IE 323(3), IE 330(3), IE 402(3), IE 405(3) or MATH 484(3), IE 424(3), IE 467(3), IE 468(3), IE 480 WAC(3)

Select 6 credits from the Service Cluster (Sem: 5-8)
HPA 332(3), HPA 433(3), HPA 442(3), HPA 475(3), HDFS 311(3), HDFS 455(3)


46-01-039 Change. Decrease Requirements for the Major from 112-113 to 109-112 credits. Remove CHEM 111, MATH 230, 250, and PHYS 213 from Prescribed Courses. Add ENGL 137, CMPSC 122, 131, 132, MATH 230, 231, 232, 250, 251, and ENGL 138 to Additional Courses. Remove CMPSC 201 from Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Electrical Engineering

University Park, College of Engineering (E E)

PROFESSOR KULTEGIN AYDIN, Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering

Electrical Engineering (E E) is one of the broadest of all engineering majors and is much more than just building electrical circuits. Electrical engineering is the application of electronics, electrical science and technology, and computer systems to the needs of society. An electrical engineer is responsible for designing and integrating electronic/electrical systems in diverse industries such as defense, communications, transportation, manufacturing, health care, construction, and entertainment.

The mission of our undergraduate program is to provide a high-quality education in electrical engineering for our students and to instill in them the attitudes, values, and vision that will prepare them for lifetimes of success, continued learning, and leadership in their chosen careers. A combination of required and elective courses ensures that students acquire a broad knowledge base in electrical circuits, digital systems, electronic devices, electromagnetics, and linear systems, as well as expertise in one or more areas of specialization. Additional problem-solving skills and practical experience are developed through design projects and laboratory assignments, which also provide opportunities for developing team-building and technical communication skills.

Program Educational Objectives:

The BSEE Program provides undergraduates with a broad technical education important for employment in the private or public sector, and it teaches them the fundamentals, current issues, and creative problem solving skills essential for future years of learning. Several years after earning their degrees, our graduates should be able to accomplish the following:

1. Electrical engineering practice in technical assignments such as design, product development, research, manufacturing, consulting, testing, sales, and management;
2. Participation and leadership on teams comprised of individuals with diverse professional and cultural backgrounds;
3. Continued learning and professional development through such activities as graduate school, distance education, professional training, and membership in professional societies.

Program Outcomes (Student Outcomes):

At the time of graduation, our students are expected to have attained the following: :
1. A fundamental background in mathematics, the natural sciences, and computer programming necessary for further study in electrical engineering;
2. A broad knowledge base in both the quantitative and physical aspects of electrical engineering;
3. The design skills necessary for electrical engineering practice;
4. An ability to apply the core electrical engineering knowledge base to the solution of more advanced engineering problems;
5. Development of interpersonal and communication skills in a professional context;
6. The perspective of electrical engineering as a profession.

ENTRANCE TO MAJOR — In addition to the minimum grade point average (GPA) requirements* described in the University Policies, all College of Engineering entrance to major course requirements must also be completed with a minimum grade of C: CHEM 110 (GN), MATH 140 (GQ), MATH 141 (GQ), MATH 250 or MATH 251, PHYS 211 (GN) and PHYS 212 (GN). All of these courses must be completed by the end of the semester during which the admission to major process is carried out.

Admission to the Electrical Engineering major also requires that the applicant have a cumulative GPA of 2.6 or higher by the end of the semester during which the admission to major process is carried out.

*In the event that the major is under enrollment control, a higher minimum cumulative grade-point average is likely to be needed and students must be enrolled in the College of Engineering or Division of Undergraduate Studies at the time of confirming their major choice.

For the B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering, a minimum of 127 credits is required. This baccalaureate program in Electrical Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, Inc., www.abet.org.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(27 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 109-112 credits
(This includes 27 credits of General Education courses: 9 credits of GN courses; 6 credits of GQ courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 9 credits of GWS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (58-59 credits)
CHEM 110 GN(3)[1], EDSGN 100(3), MATH 140 GQ(4)[1], MATH 141 GQ(4)[1], PHYS 211 GN(4)[1], PHYS 212 GN(4)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
EE 200(3), EE 210(4)[1], EE 310(4)[1], MATH 220 GQ(2-3), PHYS 214 GN(2) (Sem: 3-4)
EE 300(3), EE 330(4)[1], EE 340(4)[1], EE 350(4)[1], ENGL 202C GWS(3)(Sem: 5-6)
EE 403(3), (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (30-32 credits)
Select 1 credit of First-Year Seminar (Sem: 1-2)
ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3) or ENGL 137 GWS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
CMPSC 121 GQ(3) or CMPSC 131(3) (Sem: 1-2)
ECON 102 GS(3) or ECON 104 GS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
CMPEN 270(4)[1]; or CMPEN 271(3)[1] and CMPEN 275(1) (Sem: 3-4)
CMPSC 122(3); CMPSC 132(3) (Sem: 3-4)
MATH 230(4); MATH 231(2) and MATH 232(2) (Sem: 3-4)
MATH 250(3)[1]; MATH 251(4)[1] (Sem: 3-4)
CAS 100A GWS(3) or CAS 100B GWS(3) or ENGL 138 GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
Select 3-4 credits from IE 424(3), PHYS 410(3-4), STAT 401(3), STAT 414(3), or STAT 418(3) (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (21 credits)
Select 6 credits from program-approved list of 300-level courses (Sem: 5-6)
Select 3 credits from program-approved lists of 300-level or 400-level courses (Sem: 7-8)
Select 6 credits from program-approved list of 400-level courses (Sem: 7-8)
Select 6 additional credits, which may include up to 6 credits of ROTC, up to 6 co-op credits, and others from a program-approved list (Sem: 7-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-040 Change. Add EMET 100, 215 and 225 to Prescribed Courses. Remove IET 215, 216 and MCHT 214 from Prescribed Courses. Add ENGR 320Y to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Electro-Mechanical Engineering Technology

Altoona College
Berks College
University College: Penn State New Kensington, Penn State York (EMET)

PROFESSOR SVEN BILÉN, Head, School of Engineering Design, Technology, and Professional Programs, College of Engineering, University Park
PROFESSOR IVAN E. ESPARRAGOZA, Director of Engineering Technology and Commonwealth Engineering, Penn State Brandywine
PROFESSOR JENNILYN VALLEJERA, Program Coordinator, Penn State Altoona
PROFESSOR TERRY SPEICHER, Program Coordinator, Penn State Berks
PROFESSOR KARL HARRIS, Program Coordinator, Penn State New Kensington
PROFESSOR CHARLES GASTON, Program Coordinator, Penn State York

The Electro-Mechanical Engineering Technology (B.S. EMET) degree program provides the basic undergraduate education required for a career as an electro-mechanical engineering technologist. The program emphasizes a breadth of knowledge in all fields of engineering technology related to typical, highly-automated manufacturing, production, or assembly plant processes. Basic coverage is provided in all major areas to technology involved in the operation and control of manufacturing and production processes, including instrumentation and monitoring methods, principles of machine design, automated control techniques, thermal and fluid sciences, computerized manufacturing systems, principles of electrical and electronic circuit operation, computer-aided drafting and design, economics of production, and statistical analysis and quality control.

The primary aim of the EMET program is to provide graduates with the knowledge and skills necessary to apply current methods and technology to the development, design, operation, and management of electro-mechanical systems, particularly in those industries where automated systems are prevalent.

Program Educational Objectives:

Specific educational objectives of the program expect that graduates of the program, within five years of graduation will be:

  1. Capable of and actively involved in the specification, procurement, or integration of electromechanical systems
  2. Capable of and actively involved in the operation, testing, or maintenance of electromechanical systems
  3. Capable of and actively participating in project team activities
  4. Capable of and actively involved in the preparation and delivery of technical documentation and communication

Program Outcomes (Student Outcomes):

At graduation, EMET students should have:

a) An ability to select and apply the knowledge, techniques, skills, and modern tools of their disciplines to broadly-defined engineering technology activities,
b) An ability to select and apply a knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering, and technology to engineering technology problems that require the application of principles and applied procedures or methodologies,
c) An ability to conduct standard tests and measurements; to conduct, analyze, and interpret experiments; and to apply experimental results to improve processes,
d) An ability to design systems, components, or processes for broadly-defined engineering technology problems appropriate to program educational objectives,
e) An ability to function effectively as a member or leader on a technical team,
f) An ability to identify, analyze, and solve broadly-defined engineering technology problems,
g) An ability to communicate effectively regarding broadly-defined engineering technology activities,
h) An understanding of the need for and an ability to engage in self-directed continuing professional development,
i) An understanding of and a commitment to address professional and ethical responsibilities including a respect for diversity,
j) A knowledge of the impact of engineering technology solutions in a societal and global context, and
k) A commitment to quality, timeliness, and continuous improvement.

In addition, EMET graduates must demonstrate the knowledge and technical competency to:

a) Use computer-aided drafting or design tools to prepare graphical representations of electromechanical systems.
b) Use circuit analysis, analog and digital electronics, basic instrumentation, and computers to aid in the characterization, analysis, and troubleshooting of electromechanical systems.
c) Use statics, dynamics (or applied mechanics), strength of materials, engineering materials, engineering standards and manufacturing processes to aid in the characterization, analysis, and troubleshooting of electromechanical systems.
d) Use appropriate computer programming languages for operating electromechanical systems.
e) Use electrical/electronic devices such as amplifiers, motors, relays, power systems, and computer and instrumentation systems for applied design, operation, or troubleshooting electromechanical systems.
f) Use advanced topics in engineering mechanics, engineering materials, and fluid mechanics for applied design, operation, or troubleshooting of electromechanical systems.
g) Use basic knowledge of control systems for the applied design, operation. or troubleshooting of electromechanical systems.
h) Use differential and integral calculus, as a minimum, to characterize the static and dynamic performance of electromechanical systems.
i) Use appropriate management techniques in the investigation, analysis, and design of electromechanical systems.

The major is organized as a four-year baccalaureate program with the corresponding Penn State admission requirements. Graduates of an associate degree in either electrical or mechanical engineering technology from Penn State may re-enroll in the EMET program. The College of Engineering ENGR students may enroll through “Change of Major” procedures. Students from an engineering technology program at another institution or community college accredited by TAC of ABET may transfer into the program with advanced standing.

For the B.S. degree in Electro-Mechanical Engineering Technology, a minimum of 130 credits is required. This program is accredited at Penn State Altoona, Penn State Berks, Penn State New Kensington, and Penn State York of the University College by the Engineering Technology Accreditation Commission of ABET, www.abet.org.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(24 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR) (See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR EXPERIENCE:
(Satisfied by the FYE program at the campus at which the student is enrolled in the EMET program)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 6 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 109-114 credits
(This includes 24 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GQ courses; 9 credits of GN courses; 6 credits of GWS courses; 3 credits of GH or GS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (73 credits)
MCHT 111(3)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
CMPET 117(3)[1], CMPET 120(1)[1], CMPET 211(3), EDSGN 100(3), EET 105(3), EET 114(4)[1], EET 118(1)[1], EET 212(4)[1], EET 275(3), EGT 114(2), EMET 100(1), EMET 215(3), EMET 222(3)[1], EMET 225(2), EMET 230(3)[1], EMET 325(3), EMET 326(3), EMET 330(3)[1], EMET 350(3) EMET 403(1) (Sem: 5-6)
EMET 405(3), EMET 410(4), EMET 440(3), ENGL 202C GWS(3), IET 101(3), IET 333(2) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (27-31 credits)
Select 5-6 credits from MATH 40 GQ(5)[1]; or [MATH 22 GQ(3)[1] and MATH 26 GQ(3)[1]; or [MATH 81 GQ(3)[1] and MATH 82 GQ(3)[1] * (Sem: 1-2)

Select 3 credits of GH or GS from: ENGR 320Y GS;US;IL;WAC(3), STS 200 GS(3), STS 233 GH(3), or STS 245 GS;IL(3) (Sem: 2-8)

Select 10-11 credits from:
CAS 100 GWS(3), CAS 100A GWS(3); CAS 100B GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
MATH 83 GQ(4)[1]** or MATH 140 GQ(4)[1] (Sem: 3-4)
MATH 210 GQ(3) or MATH 141 GQ(4) (Sem: 3-4)

Select 3 credits from MATH 211 GQ(3)[1] or MATH 250(3)*** (Sem: 4-5)

Select 6-8 credits of GN courses from two of the following groups:
CHEM 110 GN(3) and CHEM 111 GN(1) (Sem: 4-6)
PHYS 150 GN(3) or PHYS 211 GN(4) or PHYS 250 GN(4) (Sem: 4-6)
PHYS 151 GN(3) or PHYS 212 GN(4) or PHYS 251 GN(4) (Sem: 4-6)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (9-10 credits)
Select 3-4 credits of science courses, in consultation with an adviser, from the approved department list (Sem: 4-6)
Select 6 credits of General Technical Elective courses, in consultation with an adviser, from the approved department list (Sem: 7-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.
*students taking MATH 81 GQ(3) and MATH 82 GQ(3) must take MATH 83 GQ(4)
**students taking MATH 83(4) must take MATH 210(3) and MATH 211(3)
***Note that MATH 250 does not carry a C-requirement


46-01-041 Change. Change name from General Engineering to Engineering. Revise description. Remove CHEM 112 and 113 from Prescribed Courses. Add CMPSC 200 to Additional Courses. Remove ME 300 and EME 301 from Additional Courses. Remove EE 488, EGEE 420, 437, 438, 441, and NUCE 401 from Prescribed Courses in the Alternative Energy and Power Generation Option. Add EGEE 420 to Prescribed Courses in the Alternative Energy and Power Generation Option. Add Additional Courses section and Supporting Courses and Related Areas section to the Alternative Energy and Power Generation Option. Add CHEM 112 and 113 to Prescribed Courses for the Applied Materials Option. Add Additional Courses section to the Applied Materials Option. Add EDSGN 401, 402, 403, EE 310, and 316 to Prescribed Courses in the Multidisciplinary Engineering Design Option. Remove CMPEN 331, 454, 472, EDSGN 401, EE 310, and 352 from Prescribed Courses in the Multidisciplinary Engineering Option. Add Additional Courses and Supporting Courses and Related Areas sections to the Multidisciplinary Engineering Option. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Engineering (G E)

Abington College
University College, Penn State Brandywine, Penn State DuBois, Penn State Hazleton

PROFESSOR SVEN BILÉN, Head of School of Engineering, Design, Technology and Professional Programs (SEDTAPP)
PROFESSOR IVAN E. ESPARRAGOZA, Director of Engineering Technology and Commonwealth Engineering

PROFESSOR ROBERT AVANZATO, Program Coordinator, Penn State Abington
PROFESSOR ASAD AZEMI, Program Coordinator, Penn State Brandywine
PROFESSOR DAUDI WARYOBA, Program Coordinator, Penn State DuBois
PROFESSOR KATHRYN W. JABLOKOW, Program Coordinator, Penn State Great Valley
PROFESSOR WIESLAW GREBSKI, Program Coordinator, Penn State Hazleton

The Engineering program provides students with a broad foundation in engineering with specialization in a technically and professionally relevant topic. Students must choose the Multidisciplinary Engineering Design option at Abington, Brandywine and Great Valley campuses, Applied Materials option at the DuBois campus or the Alternative Energy and Power Generation option at the Hazleton campus. From this degree program, students will acquire the ability to work as members of a team toward successful attainment of a common goal, thus preparing them to work in for-profit or nonprofit organizations, or to further their studies in graduate school. Typical employment for General Engineering graduates includes positions such as engineer, product engineer, process engineer, manufacturing engineer, development engineer, and materials engineer. With employment opportunities such as these and others, graduates or the Engineering program can attain professional and economically sustaining employment in their desired regional area. This degree program develops written and oral communication skills, culminating in a two-semester senior design course sequence consisting of a project based largely on student interest and faculty input.

Program Educational Objectives:

The educational objectives of the Engineering program are designed to prepare graduates who, during the first few years of professional practice will

  1. Be employed by industry or government in fields, such as design, research and development, experimentation and testing, manufacturing, and technical sales.
  2. Assume an increasing level of responsibility and leadership within their respective organizations.
  3. Communicate effectively and work collaboratively in multidisciplinary and multicultural work environments
  4. Recognize and understand global, environmental, social, and ethical contexts of their work.
  5. Progress to an advanced degree and certificate programs and be committeed to lifelong learning to enhance their careers and provide flexibility in responding to changing social and technical environments.

Program Outcomes (Student Outcomes):

Graduates of the Engineering program shall be able to:

a) Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
b) Design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data
c) Design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability
d) Function on multidisciplinary teams
e) Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
f) Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
g) Communicate effectively
h) Demonstrate the understanding of the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context
i) Recognize the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning
j) Demonstrate knowledge of contemporary issues
k) Use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

In addition to the minimum grade point average (GPA) requirements* described in the University Policies, all College of Engineering entrance to major course requirements must also be completed with a minimum grade of C: CHEM 110 (GN), MATH 140 (GQ), MATH 141 (GQ), MATH 250 or MATH 251, PHYS 211 (GN) and PHYS 212 (GN). All of these courses must be completed by the end of the semester during which the admission to major process is carried out.

For the B.S. degree in Engineering, a minimum of 127 credits are required. This baccalaureate program in Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, www.abet.org.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(27 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR.)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection.)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 109 credits
(This includes 27 credits of General Education courses: 9 credits of GN courses; 6 credits of GQ courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 9 credits of GWS courses.)

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR (ALL OPTIONS): 64 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES: 41 credits
CHEM 110 GN(3)[1], CHEM 111 GN(1), EDSGN 100(3), MATH 140 GQ(4)[1], MATH 141 GQ(4)[1], PHYS 211 GN(4)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
EMCH 211(3)[1], EMCH 213(3), MATH 231(2), MATH 251(4)[1], PHYS 212 GN(4)[1], PHYS 214 GN(2) (Sem: 3-4)
ENGR 490(1), ENGR 491W(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES: 19 credits
Select 1 credit of First-Year Seminar (Sem:1-2)
Select 3 credits from: CAS 100A GWS(3) or CAS 100B GWS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
Select 3 credits from: ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
Select 3 credits from: CMPSC 121 GQ(3) or CMPSC 200 GQ(3) or CMPSC 201 GQ(3) (Sem: 3-4)
Select 3 credits from: ECON 102 GS(3) or ECON 104 GS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
Select 3 credits from: ENGL 202C GWS(3) or ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
Select 3 credits from: ENGR 350(3)[1], EMCH 407(3)[1], or EMCH 461(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS: 4 credits
Select 4 credits in General Technical Electives, in consultation with an advisor, from the program approved list.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPTION: 45 credits

APPLIED MATERIALS OPTION: (45 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES: 42 credits
CHEM 112 GN(3), CHEM 113 GN(1) (Sem: 1-2)
EMCH 212(3), ENGR 320(3), MATSE 201(3)[1], MATSE 400(3), MATSE 413(3), STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 5-6)
ENGR 421(4), ENGR 450(3), MATSE 402(3), MATSE 411(3), MATSE 417(3), MATSE 430(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES: 3 credits
ME 300(3)[1]; EME 301(3)[1] (Sem: 3-4)

ALTERNATIVE ENERGY AND POWER GENERATION OPTION: (45 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES: 27 credits
CHEM 112 GN(3), CHEM 113 GN(1) (Sem: 1-2)
EE 210(4)[1] (Sem: 3-4)
EE 314(3), EGEE 302(3), EME 303(3), ME 345(4) (Sem: 5-6)
EE 485(3), EGEE 420(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES: 12 credits
ME 300(3)[1]; EME 301(3)[1] (Sem: 3-4)
Select 9 credits from NUCE 401(3); EE 488(3); EGEE 437(3); EGEE 438(3); EGEE 441(3) (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS 6 credits
Select 6 credits in Engineering Technical Elective courses, any 400-level courses in the College of Engineering or any 400-level courses with the Energy and Geoenvironmental Engineering (EGEE) abbreviation. Other substitutions outside the approved list must be approved by petition. (Sem: 5-8)

MULTIDISCIPLINARY ENGINEERING DESIGN OPTION (45 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES: 35 credits
CMPEN 271(3), EE 210(4), EMCH 212(3)[1] (Sem: 3-4)
EDSGN 402(4), EE 310(4)[1], EE 316(3) (Sem: 5-6)
EDSGN 401(3), EDSGN 403(3), EDSGN 410(4)[1], EDSGN 495(1), ENGR 407(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES 7 credits
CHEM 112 GN(3); or any GN(3) (Sem: 1-2)
CHEM 113 GN(1); or any GN(1) (Sem: 1-2)
ME 201(3)[1]; ME 300(3)[1]; EME 301(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS 3 credits
Select 3 credits in Engineering Technical Elective courses, in consultation with an advisor, from department list (Sem: 7-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-042 Change. Revise program description. Add ME 442 and 443 to Additional Courses and Supporting Courses and Related Areas. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Mechanical Engineering

University Park, College of Engineering (M E)

PROFESSOR KAREN A. THOLE, Head, Department of Mechanical and Nuclear Engineering

Mechanical Engineering is one of the broadest engineering disciplines and is central in many new technological developments. Mechanical engineers create things that help improve the health, happiness and safety of our everyday lives such as biomedical devices, aircraft propulsion, and ways to store renewable energies. Mechanical engineering is divided into two broad areas: mechanical systems and thermal systems. Mechanical systems include the design of mechanisms and the analysis of the strength and wear of materials. Thermal systems include methods of energy conversions, heat transfer and fluid flow.

Program Educational Objectives:

The overall educatinal objective of the Mechanical Engineering program is to help prepare our graduates to succeed and provide leadership in a range of career paths. To that end we endeavor to maintain and continuously improve a curriculum that prepares our graduates to:

  1. Apply foundational knowledge, critical thinking, problem solving, and creativity in engineering practice or in other fields.
  2. Grow as leaders while maintaining the highest societal responsibility and ethical standards in the global workplace.
  3. Develop innovative solutions through effective communication, collaboration, and teamwork.
  4. Seek advancement in their knowledge and careers through continuing technical and/or professional studies.

Program Outcomes (Student Outcomes):

The Program outcomes are knowledge, skills, and/or behavior that are derived from the program educational objectives.

a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.
b. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.
c. An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability.
d. An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.
e. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
f. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
g. An ability to communicate effectively.
h. The braod education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context.
i. A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.
j. A knowledge of contemporary issues.
k. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

ENTRANCE TO MAJOR — In addition to the minimum grade point average (GPA) requirements* described in the University Policies, all College of Engineering entrance to major course requirements must also be completed with a minimum grade of C: CHEM 110 (GN), MATH 140 (GQ), MATH 141 (GQ), MATH 250 or MATH 251, PHYS 211 (GN) and PHYS 212 (GN). All of these courses must be completed by the end of the semester during which the admission to major process is carried out.

*In the event that the major is under enrollment control, a higher minimum cumulative grade-point average is likely to be needed and students must be enrolled in the College of Engineering or Division of Undergraduate Studies at the time of confirming their major choice.

For the B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering, a minimum of 131 credits is required. This baccalaureate program in Mechanical Engineering is accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, Inc., www.abet.org.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem:1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(27 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 113 credits
(This includes 27 credits of General Education courses: 9 credits of GN courses; 6 credits of GQ courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 9 credits of GWS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (83 credits)
CHEM 110 GN(3)[1], EDSGN 100(3), MATH 140 GQ(4)[1], MATH 141 GQ(4)[1], PHYS 211 GN(4)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
CMPSC 200 GQ(3), EMCH 211(3)[1], EMCH 212(3)[1], EMCH 213(3)[1], ME 300(3)[1], MATH 220 GQ(2-3), MATH 231(2), MATH 251(4)[1], PHYS 212 GN(4), PHYS 214 GN(2) (Sem: 3-4)
EE 212(3), EMCH 315(2), ENGL 202C GWS(3), ME 320(3)[1], ME 340(3)[1], ME 345(4)[1], ME 360(3)[1], ME 370(3)[1], ME 410(3)[1], MATSE 259(3) (Sem: 5-6)
IE 312(3), ME 450(3)[1] (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (18 credits)
Select 1 credit of First-Year Seminar (Sem: 1-2)
CHEM 112 GN(3), or BIOL 141 GN(3) (Sem: 1-2)
ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
ECON 102 GS(3), ECON 104 GS(3), ECON 14 GS(3), or ENNEC 100 GS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
CAS 100A GWS(3) or CAS 100B GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
ME 440(3); ME 442 WAC(2), ME 443 WAC(1) or ME 441(3) (Sem: 7-8)
Select 2 credits from ME 325(1), ME 315(1), ME 375(1), ME 355(1), or EMCH 316(1) (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 3 credits in a 400-level ME Technical Elective course from department list excluding ME 410(3), ME 440(3), ME 441(3), ME 442(2), ME 443(1), ME 450(3), ME 494(1-9), and ME 496(1-18) (Sem: 5-8)
Select 6 credits in Engineering Technical Elective courses from department list
Select 3 credits in General Technical Elective courses from department list (Sem: 7-8)
(Students who complete Basic ROTC may substitute 6 of the ROTC credits for 3 credits of GTE and 3 credits of GHA.)
Three rotations of Engr Co-op (ENGR 295, ENGR 395, and ENGR 495) can be used as 3 credits of GTE.

Integrated B.S. and M.S. in Mechanical Engineering

A limited number of undergraduate students in the B.S.M.E. program will be considered for admission to the integrated undergraduate/graduate program leading to the B.S.M.E. and the M.S.M.E. degrees. Students with a junior standing in the B.S.M.E. degree program may be admitted to the integrated B.S.M.E./M.S.M.E. program, following a positive review of an application specific to this program by the faculty committee on graduate admissions. Students must have attained a GPA of at least 3.0. Students admitted to the integrated program must maintain a GPA in all classes used toward the M.S.M.E. degree of at least 3.0.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.

COURSE ADDS

46-01-043 AE 405
Title: Geotechnical Engineering
Abbreviated Title: geotech engr (4)
Description: Course prepares students for understanding, analysis, evaluation, and design of the most commonly used shallow foundation systems to support buildings. All structural loads on buildings, most notably gravity loads and win/seismic lateral loads, are transferred to the soil
supporting the building. In order for the building to safely deliver these loads to the soil and
avoid settlement issues and soil failure, a proper foundation system must be designed. Design of foundation systems is a function of soil material properties, foundation material, and the selected foundation system. This course educates the student on the basics of soil mechanics for foundation design, and educates the student on how to select and design the most commonly used types of foundation systems. Course is intended to provide students with the knowledge, tools, and understanding of material properties, analysis and design principles, and methods necessary for successful construction of foundation systems within the framework of quality control, code compliance, economic consideration and safety, while minimizing failure risks. The course is required for Architectural Engineering students in the Structural and Construction Options, but other students may take the course with permission by the instructor.
Prerequisites: ( AE 308; CE 340, ) ( AE 402; AE 404 )
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-044 EDSGN 402
Title: Materials and Manufacturing
Abbreviated Title: MATS & MANUF (4)
Description: Students will study principles and properties of engineering materials and manufacturing processes with a focus on their appropriate selection in design. Based on these
principles and properties, as well as hands-on laboratory experiences, students will develop
systematic methods for matching material and process choices to the mechanical, thermal,
electro-magnetic, and environmental constraints set by the technical requirements of a design
problem or project. Knowledge of current manufacturing processes is required to align appropriate processes and materials with the requirements of designed products. Students will develop basic, practical knowledge and skills in operating manual and CNC machine tools. Both subtractive and additive manufacturing processes will be explored, and students will learn best practices for making informed choices between them based on design needs. Computer aided manufacturing will be introduced to provide background for future courses (e.g., senior capstone projects). Student performance will be assessed via written homework assignments, laboratory activities and reports, written exams, and a design project that integrates material and process selection, as well as manufacture and testing of simple engineered components and/or products.
Prerequisites: CHEM 110, EMCH 211, EMCH 213, CMPSC 200; CMPSC 201; CMPSC 121, EDSGN 401
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-045 EDSGN 403
Title: Product Realization
Abbreviated Title: PROD REAL (3)
Description: This course provides students with practical experience in the product design
and development process. Computer aided design and a variety of related analytical tools are
employed in team-oriented design activities. The course includes considerable in-class team
interactions. Team progress will be monitored through weekly team check-ins, during which two project status communication tools will be reviewed – an updated GANTT Chart and a Weekly Project Activity Plan document. The hands-on design activities will culminate in the presentation and demonstration of a functioning engineering system. In working toward this goal, students will employ the following: • Project management scheduling tools (GANTT chart or PERT chart) • Formal brainstorming techniques (e.g., “6-3-5 Brainwriting,” Mind Maps) • Generation of conceptual designs (e.g., morphological charts) • Deterministic design tradeoff techniques (House of Quality) • Programmable fabrication equipment; this will include: -o One additive manufacturing technique (3D printing) -o Subtractive manufacturing techniques (CNC milling, water-jet, laser cutting). • Verification testing in the context of design- build-test iterations
Prerequisites: ( EDSGN 402; IE 312 ) and ( EE 316; ME 357 )
Concurrent Courses: ENGR 490W
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-046 EDSGN 420
Title: Advanced Robotics Design and Applications
Abbreviated Title: ADV ROB DSGN & APP (3)
Description: The objective of this course is to apply advanced topics in robotics. It serves as
the second course of a possible two-course sequence in robotics design and applications. This
second course will enable students to explore advanced topics not covered in the first course,
or to continue a complex robot system design that would incorporate advanced topics and span two semesters in duration. One or more advanced topics, such as computer vision, artificial intelligence, biologically-inspired robots, multi-robotics, collaborative robots, human-robot interface, advanced navigation, or others, will be introduced based on background of the instructor. Students will work in teams to design and prototype a robot that integrates the advanced algorithms and technology and satisfies a set of design requirements. Laboratory exercises will provide experience in key areas to support the design and implementation process. Professional communication and documentation will be included in the course experience. This course is a multi-disciplinary, project- based course and will have a substantial laboratory component supporting team-based design, integration, and testing of an advanced robot system. Students’ performance will be assessed via written homework assignments, laboratory activities, reports, written exams, oral presentations, and a design project that incorporates both hardware design and software design.
Prerequisites: EDSGN 410
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-047 EDSGN 468
Title: Engineering Design and Analysis with CAD
Abbreviated Title: EDSGN ANLYS CAD (3)
Description: This course delivers methods and techniques necessary to become proficient in
applying CAD as a design tool for engineering design and analysis. Students will gain a deep
understanding in principles, best practices, and strategies for solid-model representation of
engineering designs. The use of CAD as a design tool will prepare students to effectively develop, analyze, and communicate engineering designs. Learning is reinforced through lectures, tutorials, quizzes, laboratory assignments, design projects, and online design portfolios. Students will learn how to recognize and capture design intent by using symmetry and parametric associativity; virtually test fit, form, and function of assembled components; analyze and improve models using analysis tools (e.g., finite element analysis); obtain, edit, and integrate existing non-native file formats; prepare models for stereolithography apparatus and other CNC machinery for prototyping; produce and manage part family models, and prepare technical drawings and illustrations. Through all these, students will be able to master special techniques for engineering design and analysis with CAD. The exercises, laboratory assignments, quizzes, midterm design projects, final design projects, and online design portfolios will enhance students’ understanding of how engineering design and analysis efforts are supported through the use of CAD as a design tool and will prepare students to effectively develop, analyze, and communicate engineering designs with the use of CAD. The course will be taught in each semester with different sections utilizing different CAD packages, such as AutoCAD, CATIA, and SolidWorks. The course may be repeated if taken to learn a second software package. Credit toward the major will not be granted a second time for taking the course with the same CAD package.
Prerequisites: EMCH 210; EMCH 211
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-048 EMET 100
Title: Computation Tools for Engineering Synthesis
Abbreviated Title: Computing Tools (1)
Description: EMET 100 is a first semester course intended to introduce first-year EMET students
to a core set of computational tools and simulation software that will be used repeatedly
throughout the EMET curriculum to investigate engineering/technical problems. The course is
conducted in a computer-based laboratory format to ensure that students gain hands-on experience with the tools, learn the capabilities and limitations of each, and come to understand the types of problems best handled by each tool.
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-049 EMET 215
Title: Manufacturing Engineering
Abbreviated Title: Manufact Engr (3)
Description: The study of the capability of manufacturing processes for the purpose of part
creation and assembly, manufacturing systems, production planning, and production routing as they relate to manufacturing engineering including both conventional and advanced technologies. • To introduce the student to the capabilities of current and advanced manufacturing processes so that the student can successfully incorporate those capabilities in the applied design of parts and/or assemblies. • To introduce the student to current and advanced computer applications with regard to manufacturing processes and equipment layout. In a laboratory setting, students will be exposed to material to give them the knowledge necessary to: • Develop basic hands-on skills for: (a) operating fabrication and machining equipment (b) joining processes, (c) inspection of parts to drawing requirements, (d) 3D printing, (e) operating and programming CNC machinery, (f) process planning and (g) other manufacturing related topics. • Learn the skills necessary to design, manufacture, and test a simple engineered product. Obtain professional skills needed for communications and teamwork.
Prerequisites: MET 105; or IET 101
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-050 EMET 225
Title: Applied Dynamics
Abbreviated Title: Dynamics (2)
Description: This course is designed to provide engineering technology students with knowledge in solving problems using fundamental laws and equations of motion that are applied to particles and rigid bodies. Dynamics is typically broken into two categories: (1) kinematics (the study of motion without considering the causes of the motion; and (2) kinetics (the study of motion due to applied external forces). Topics addressed in dynamics for technology include: kinematics of particles, application of Newton’s laws to particles and rigid bodies, energy and momentum of particles, kinematics of rigid bodies, impact of particles and rigid bodies, and energy and momentum for rigid bodies.
Prerequisites: MCHT 111, and ( MATH 83; or MATH 140 )
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-051 ME109S
Title: Explore Mechanical Engineering Research
Abbreviated Title: Explore ME Resrch (1)
Description: Students will discuss the wide breadth of research topics in mechanical engineering and how to prepare for a research position. Throughout the course students will participate in tours of state-of-the-art research labs in the Mechanical and Nuclear Engineering department, interact with undergraduate students currently involved in conducting research in the Mechanical and Nuclear Engineering department, practice writing correspondence and making presentations.

46-01-052 ME 397
Title: Special Topics
Abbreviated Title: Special Topics (1-9)
Description: Formal courses given infrequently to explore, in depth, a comparatively
narrow subject which may be topical or of special interest.
Proposed Start: SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-053 AE 468A
Title: Daylight Analysis of Roman Architecture
Abbreviated Title: Daylight Rome Arch (3)
Description: Solar geometry, building orientation and form, daylight design methods,
characterization of interior and exterior lighting conditions. Offered in Rome. Analysis of Roman
architecture from the perspective of daylight. Topics include solar geometry; building orientation and form; daylight design methods including toplighting and sidelighting strategies; illuminance meters; characterization of interior and exterior lighting conditions; site visits. Course includes development of a software tool to compute solar geometry and daylight availability for any location on the globe and for clear, overcast, and cloudy sky conditions. The software tool will also run in reverse, providing time of day and year when the sun is in a desired position for any latitude and longitude. Offered on location in Rome.
Prerequisites: AE 467
Approved Start: 201718FA

NEW
REMOVE SUFFIX: 468
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-054 CE 340
Title: Structural Anlysis
Abbreviated Title: Structural Anlysis (3)
Description: Analysis of statically determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams, and frames; reactions, axial forces, shears, moments, deflections. Introduction to influence lines. C E 340 Structural Analysis (3) The course includes an introduction to structural systems and basic analysis methods for beams, frames, and trusses. Topics covered include the analysis of statically determinate and indeterminate structures, deflection calculations, influence lines, and an introduction to the stiffness method and a software package for structural analysis. Analysis of an indeterminate structure on campus is given as a course project. The structure is analyzed with traditional hand calculations that are compared to a computer analysis.
Prerequisites: E MCH213 . Prerequisite or concurrent: CMPSC201 or CMPSC202
Approved Start: SP2008

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: The course includes an introduction to structural systems and basic analysis methods for beams, frames, and trusses. Topics covered include the analysis of statically determinate and indeterminate structures, deflection calculations, influence lines, and an introduction to the stiffness method and a software package for structural analysis.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: EMCH 213
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-055 CE 435
Title: Foundation Engineering
Abbreviated Title: Foundation Engr (3)
Description: Bearing capacity, settlement, and structural design of shallow foundations; lateral earth pressure; retaining and sheet-pile walls; introduction to deep foundations C E 435 Foundation Engineering (3) C E 435 provides students with a working knowledge of the state-of-practice of foundation engineering, covering bearing capacity, settlement, and structural design of shallow foundations; lateral earth pressure; design of retaining and sheet-pile walls; and an introduction to deep foundations. The course is an elective for students in the civil engineering major and serves as an essential prerequisite for continued study in the areas of construction and structural engineering. The course is delivered in lecture format, and concentrates on practice-oriented design problems in foundation engineering.
Prerequisites: C E  335 . Prerequiste or concurrent: C E  341
Approved Start: FA2001

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: C E 435 provides students with a working knowledge of the state-of-practice of foundation engineering, covering bearing capacity, settlement, and structural design of shallow foundations; lateral earth pressure; design of retaining and sheet-pile walls; and an introduction to deep foundations. The course is an elective for students in the civil engineering major and serves as an essential prerequisite for continued study in the areas of construction and structural engineering. The course concentrates on practice-oriented design problems in foundation engineering.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: CE 335
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-056 CMPSC 442
Title: Artificial Intelligence
Abbreviated Title: Artficial Intel (3)
Description: Introduction to the theory, research paradigms, implementation techniques, and philosophies of artificial intelligence.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an overview of the theory, research paradigms, implementation techniques, and philosophy of artificial intelligence. A wide range of topics are
covered that include search, problem solving, and game-playing, as well as knowledge, reasoning and belief networks. The material includes a brief introduction to machine learning and classification problems. Through programming assignments that sample these topics, students acquire an understanding of what it means to build rational agents of different sorts, especially the contrast between agents that operate in certain versus uncertain environments. Applications to specific areas of AI such as language and vision are presented.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: CMPSC 221
CHANGE CONCURRENT: CMPSC 465
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-057 EDSGN 401
Title: Engineering Systems Design
Abbreviated Title: Engr Sys Design (3)
Description: Design requirements for complex systems; trade-offs between market opportunities and technology; translation of priorities and needs into an operational concept. EDSGN 401Engineering Systems Design (3) This course provides the knowledge and skills necessary to translate needs and priorities into system requirements, and develop derived requirements, which together form the starting point for engineering of complex systems. Students will develop an understanding of the larger context in which requirements for a system are developed, and learn about trade-offs between developing mission needs or market opportunities first versus assessing available technology first. Techniques for translating needs and priorities into an operational concept and then into specific functional and performance requirements will be presented. Students will assess and improve the usefulness of requirements, including such aspects as correctness, completeness, consistency, measurability, testability, and clarity of documentation. The course explores the role of techniques such as decision analysis, cost-benefit analysis, and risk assessment. Students will understand the limitations of the way that current systems engineering is practiced in terms of dealing with complexity, lifecycle uncertainty and other factors.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: EDSGN 100, 4th Semester standing
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-058 EDSGN 410
Title: Robotics Design and Applications
Abbreviated Title: Robot Dsgn and Appl (4)
Description: Introduction to robotics, with emphasis on the design of robotics systems through
multidisciplinary integration of electrical, mechanical, and software components. EDSGN 410
Robotics Design and Applications (4) The objective of this course is to apply the basic concepts of electrical, mechanical, and software technologies to analyze, design and test a robotics system. This course will draw from skills in prior coursework in electricity and electronics, statics and dynamics, and software design. The course includes a discussion of present applications and future directions of robotics in such areas as manufacturing, science, transportation, military, healthcare, and entertainment. Students will be introduced to mechanical systems analysis, sensors, software development, electrical systems, control algorithms, testing, prototyping, design, modeling, and simulation of robot systems. Students will work in teams to
design and prototype a robot to perform a task and to satisfy a set of design requirements.
Professional communication and documentation will be included in the course experience. This course is a multi-disciplinary, project-based course and will have a substantial laboratory component supporting team-based design, integration and testing of a robot system.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Robot Dsgn & Appl
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: ( EE 316; CMPEN 472 ) and ( CMPSC 200; CMPSC 201; CMPSC 121 ) and ( EE 310 ) and ( EMCH 212 )
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-059 EMET 222
Title: Mechanics for Technology
Abbreviated Title: Mech for Tech (4)
Description: Strength of materials and dynamics, including axial, shear, torsion, and bending
stresses, beam deflection, kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies. EMET 222 Mechanics for
Technology (4)Mechanics for Technology is a required course for sophomore-level students in the Electro-Mechanical Engineering Technology (EMET) baccalaureate degree program. The purpose of this course is to give students the ability to calculate engineering stresses, strains, and deflections using the applied forces and reactions obtained from static equilibrium calculations. It also teaches students how to determine the displacement, velocity, and acceleration of some particle and rigid body motions. EMET 222 contributes to the following two EMET Program Outcomes. The specific performance measures supporting the program outcomes are listed following each outcome. OUTCOME 2:Students should be able to apply concepts of calculus, differential equations, and probability and statistics to the design and analysis of electromechanical systems. OUTCOME 5:Students should be able to apply engineering mechanics, engineering materials, machine design, and fluid mechanics to the development, operation, troubleshooting, and maintenance of electromechanical systems.The specific course outcomes supporting the program outcome are presented below: OUTCOME 2:• Students will use the laws of beam diagrams to relate the load, shearing force, and bending moment diagrams to each other and to draw complete shear and bending moment diagrams
for beams carrying a variety of loading patterns and with a variety of support conditions.•
Students will be able to apply the differential calculus relationships between displacement,
velocity, and acceleration to calculate kinematic and kinetic quantities for rectilinear and
curvilinear motion. OUTCOME 5:• Students will be able to calculate normal stresses, shear
stresses, bearing stresses in axially loaded structural members.• Students will be able to compute the maximum shear stress and angle of twist of members loaded in torsion.• Students will be able to compute the stress at any point within the cross-section of a transversely loaded member and to describe the variation of stress with position in the beam.• Students will be able to determine the required dimension of various key mechanical and structural components based upon the principles of static analysis of forces/moments and the determination of force induced tension/compression and shear stresses. The applicable material failure stresses will be used as a basis for determining the required safe dimensions.
Approved Start: 201617FA
No associated courses were listed
PROPOSED

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Applied Mechanics
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Applied Mechanics
CHANGE CREDITS: 3
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Applied Mechanics is a required course for sophomore-level students in the Electro-Mechanical Engineering Technology (EMET) baccalaureate degree program. The purpose of this course is to give students the ability to calculate engineering stresses, strains, and deflections using the applied forces and reactions obtained from static equilibrium calculations.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-060 ME 315
Title: Heat Transfer Laboratory
Abbreviated Title: Heat Trans Lab (1)
Description: Application of the fundamental concepts associated with conduction, convection, and radiation to the actual measurements of heat transfer.
Prerequisites: M E  320 .   Prerequisite or concurrent: M E  345 , M E  410
Approved Start: FA2007

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This one-credit laboratory course is structured to reinforce the various principles taught in the corresponding 3-credit lecture course ME 410, Heat Transfer. The laboratory includes several different experiments whose objective is to reintroduce and reinforce the various principles associated with conduction, convection, radiation and heat exchangers. Each laboratory session begins with a thorough review of the relevant material covered in the lecture course, including the use of energy conservation on control volumes related to the experiment and related simplifications. Prior to conducting any experiment, the students are informed about the particular safety issues that vary from one experiment to another. The students are then briefed about the setup of the data acquisition systems, what type of data the need to be collected, and how the data then is coupled to the review of the specific laboratory topic. At the end of the semester, the students should be able to interface a typical data acquisition system with those used in industry and elsewhere. The students generally work in groups to collect data, with reports prepared individually after an experiment is completed.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-61 ME 320
Title: Fluid FLow
Abbreviated Title: Fluid FLow (3)
Description: Thermodynamic and dynamic principles applied to fluid behavior; ideal, viscous, and compressible fluids under internal and external flow conditions.
Prerequisites: E MCH212 , MATH 251 ; M E  201 or M E  300 ; MATH 230 or MATH 231
Approved Start: SP2008

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course is an introduction to fluid mechanics, and emphasizes fundamental concepts and problem-solving techniques. Topics to be covered include fluid properties (density, viscosity, vapor pressure, surface tension); fluid statics (hydrostatic pressure, pressure forces on planar and curved surfaces); fluid kinematics (flow visualization, vorticity, Reynolds transport theorem); control volume analysis (conservation laws of mass, momentum, and energy, Bernoulli equation); dimensional analysis (dimensional homogeneity, method of repeating variables, experimental testing, similarity); internal flows (pipe flows, major and minor losses, piping networks, matching pumps to systems); differential analysis (Navier-Stokes equation, creeping flow, potential flow, boundary layers); external flows (lift and drag, pressure vs. friction drag); and compressible flow (isentropic flow through nozzles, shock waves). Brief introductions to computational fluid dynamics (CFD), and turbomachinery (pumps and turbines) will also be provided.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-062 ME 375
Title: Vibrations Laboratory
Abbreviated Title: Vibrations Lab (1)
Description: Experimental measurement and analysis of mechanical system dynamics. This laboratory course provides an opportunity to apply the fundamental vibrations theory taught in ME 370 to actual mechanical hardware. The experiments illustrate fundamental concepts from an experimental vibration perspective. Experimental vibration measurement methods are applied to estimate simplified dynamic models for vibrating mechanical systems. The students compare analytical to experimental results to gain a sense of the limitations of both modeling and experimentation. Experiments include: free vibration of linear and nonlinear systems, response, measurement of translational and rotational, forced harmonic vibration, spectral analysis of vibration signals, experimental data uncertainty and comparison of finite element model dynamic results to experimental data.
Throughout the course the students will:
1. Plan, implement and debug instrumentation to measure vibrations of mechanical systems.
2. Implement experimental test systems using vibration transducers and data acquisition to maximize measurement quality.
3. Recognize the dominant behavior seen in many larger, more complicated engineering systems.
4. Estimate the system vibration parameters
5. Use software to compare measured and predicted dynamic behavior.
6. Recognize dominant nonlinear behavior and implement a nonlinear simulation using software.
7. Verify the results of computer analyses of dynamic systems by various methods including experimental measurement and analytical modeling.
Prerequisite or concurrent: M E  370 , M E  345
Approved Start: FA2007

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This laboratory course provides an opportunity to apply the fundamental vibrations theory taught in ME 370 to actual mechanical hardware. The experiments illustrate fundamental concepts from an experimental vibration perspective. Experimental vibration measurement methods are applied to estimate simplified dynamic models for vibrating mechanical systems. The students compare analytical to experimental results to gain a sense of the limitations of both modeling and experimentation. Experiments include: free vibration of linear and nonlinear systems, response, measurement of translational and rotational, forced harmonic vibration, spectral analysis of vibration signals, experimental data uncertainty and comparison of finite element model dynamic results to experimental data.
Throughout the course the students will:
1. Plan, implement and debug instrumentation to measure vibrations of mechanical systems.
2. Implement experimental test systems using vibration transducers and data acquisition to maximize measurement quality.
3. Recognize the dominant behavior seen in many larger, more complicated engineering systems.
4. Estimate the system vibration parameters
5. Use software to compare measured and predicted dynamic behavior.
6. Recognize dominant nonlinear behavior and implement a nonlinear simulation using software.
7. Verify the results of computer analyses of dynamic systems by various methods including experimental measurement and analytical modeling
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-063 ME 422
Title: Principles of Turbomachinery
Abbreviated Title: Turbomachinery (3)
Description: Application of Newton’s laws of motion and basic laws of thermodynamics to
analysis of fluid flow in turbomachinery.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Conservation laws pertinent to energy conversion and fluid mechanics are applied to pumps, centrifugal compressors, axial compressors and turbines, hydro turbines and wind turbines. Ideal performance is established, and conventional loss correlations are applied to define potential performance of turbomachinery. The applications of similarity and dimensionless parameters towards characterizing turbomachines are outlined.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: ME 320
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-064 ME 452
Title: Vehicle Road Dynamics
Abbreviated Title: Vehicle Dynamics (3)
Description: Investigations of three-dimensional dynamics and design into the study of vehicle dynamics including tire forces, suspension, and stability.
Prerequisite or concurrent: M E  450
Approved Start: FA2012

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course conducts investigations of one-dimensional, two-dimensional, and three-dimensional dynamics, kinematics and design integrated into the study of vehicle dynamics. Topics include body kinematics, steady state body dynamics, transient stability, tire forces, suspension, automatic control, and driver interaction. The emphasis is on the analysis of a vehicle as a complex system, recognizing how to abstract observed behaviors into appropriate mathematical models, how to decompose behaviors into subsystems, how to construct and perform numerical simulations, and how to design and analyze experiments to test models and simulations to gain insights into design goals and tradeoffs.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-065 ME 460
Title: Advanced Machine Design Problems
Abbreviated Title: Adv Mach Des Probs (3)
Description: Special machine design problems in unusual types of springs; gear problems and involutometry; cam design and application; multiple diameter shaft deflections and ball bearings.
Prerequsites: M E  360 , M E  370
Approved Start: FA2007

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to approach and analyze fundamental problems in the design of advanced level machine components and systems. It integrates advanced concepts in fatigue, vibrations, mechanics of materials and tribology for component and system level reliability. The course emphasizes elements of power transmission through detailed discussion on kinematics and reliability-based design of cams, flywheels, transmission couplings and gear chains. Example cases involve single and multiple cylinder automotive engine system with analysis of dynamics and balancing, power transmission through both flexible and rigid elements as well as different kinds of differentials built of spur, helical, bevel and worm gears. Another thrust is the application of tribology on machine design with special focus on hydrostatic and hydrodynamic bearings. Through case studies drawn from design and failure from real life systems, the course develops knowledge and skills for translating design concepts from components to system level.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Harrisburg

46-01-066 Change. Add IUG in B.S. in Accounting and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Accounting

Penn State Abington (ACCAB)
Penn State Berks (ACCBL)
Capital College (ACCT)
World Campus

JANE KOCHANOV, Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration

This major helps students prepare for careers in auditing and public accounting, industrial and managerial accounting, and in governmental and not-for-profit accounting. It also provides a sound background for students who plan to pursue graduate studies in accounting or related fields. Students who complete the prescribed courses and earn a Bachelor of Science degree will satisfy the academic requirements to sit for the Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination. Graduates may also elect to pursue other professional certifications, including Certified Management Accountant (CMA), Certified Internal Auditor (CIA), Certified Fraud Examiner (CFE), and Certified Government Financial Manager (CGFM).

For a B.S. in Accounting a minimum of 120 credits is required. Consistent with Senate policy, at least 24 credits of course work in the major and the capstone course must be completed in the respective College to earn the degree. No more than 60 credits should be from business and business-related courses.

Students wishing to fulfill the 150 credit-hour education option to become a CPA in Pennsylvania (which reduces the experience requirement for certification) are encouraged to enter Capital College’s Master of Professional Accounting program, or the Master of Business Administration program, or the Master of Science in Information Systems program subsequent to receiving their undergraduate accounting degree.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the Accounting major requires the completion of 8 entry-to-major courses: ACCTG 211(4)[1]; ECON 102 GS(3); ENGL 015 GWS(3)[1] or ENGL 030 GWS(3)[1]; FIN 301(3); MATH 110 GQ(4)[1] or MATH 140 GQ(4)[1]; MGMT 301(3); MKTG 301(3); SCM 200 GQ(4)[1] or STAT 200 GQ(4)[1]; and a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education Course Requirements in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 8 credits of non-business courses

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 79 credits
(This includes 12 credits of General Education Courses: 3 credits of GWS courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 6 credits of GQ courses)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (55 credits)
ACCTG 211(4)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
ECON 102 GS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
FIN 301(3), MKTG 301(3), MGMT 301(3) (Sem: 1-4)
BA 364 US;IL(3), BA 462(3)[1], MIS 390(3), SCM 301(3) (Sem: 5-8)
ECON 104 GS(3), MIS 204(3) (Sem: 5-8)
ACCTG 310(3)[1], ACCTG 340(3)[1], ACCTG 403(3)[1], ACCTG 471(3)[1], ACCTG 472(3)[1], ACCTG 473(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (18 credits)
Select 4 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4)[1] or MATH 140 GQ(4)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from SCM 200 GQ(4)[1] or STAT 200 GQ(4)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
BA 243(4) or BA 241(2) and BA 242(2) (Sem: 5-6)
Select 6 credits[1] from the following: ACCTG 410(3), ACCTG 431(3), ACCTG 432(3), ACCTG 440(3), ACCTG 461 IL(3), ACCTG 462(3), ACCTG 463(3), ACCTG 489(3), ACCTG 494(1-12), ACCTG 496(1-18), ACCTG 497(1-9) (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (6 credits)
Select 6 credits from 200-400 level business courses from: ACCTG, BA, ECON, FIN, MGMT, MIS, MKTG, or SCM in consultation with an academic adviser and in support of the student’s interests. (Sem: 3-8)

Integrated B.S. in Accounting and M.B.A. in Business Administration

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Accounting candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Accounting and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate Program reduces the total number of credits needed to earn both degrees from 150 to 138.

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Accounting and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to courses that can count towards both degrees. The first two years of the IUG program are identical to the first two years of the Bachelor of Science program. Students in the IUG program take six additional credits in their third year, and six fewer credits in their fourth year. The courses that count toward the Master of Business Administration degree requirements are included in the fourth year.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis. In addition, a formal evaluation of student academic performance will be performed when the students have completed 100 to 105 credits, which is at the end of the first semester of the senior year for typical students in the program. Students who have not maintained a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses will be put on probationary status with respect to the IUG program. They will receive a warning letter regarding probationary status. Their ability to continue in the IUG program will be based on their academic performance in the last semester of their senior year.

Students have the choice of receiving the B.S. in Accounting degree at the end of the fourth year or waiting until the end of the fifth year to receive both degrees. Students who elect to receive the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth year will pay graduate tuition for courses taken in the fifth year; students opting to receive both degrees at the end of the fifth year will pay undergraduate tuition for all five years.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Accounting degree assuming all the undergradaute degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed. If the students successfully complete courses listed in the recommended schedule, they will satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree by the end of their fourth year.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

To initiate the application process, students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how MBA will enhance their career goals, transcripts of courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of the MBA Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Typical students would apply after completing between 60 and 90 credits, that is, after the fifth semester and before the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102(3), ENGL 15 or 30(3), FIN 301(3), MATH 110 or 140(3), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) and STAT 200(4) or SCM 200(4).

To formally apply, students must submit a completed graduate school application. The students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in applying for a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admission Committee in Business Administration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the degree requirements for both Bachelor of Science in Accounting and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to the maximum of 12 credits that can count towards both degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-067 Change. Add Creative Writing Option. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

English

Capital College (ENGCL)

PROFESSOR JENNIFER HIRT, Program Coordinator, School of Humanities

This English major, with its three options, offers students the unique opportunity to study literature in an interdisciplinary context where the relationships among literature and art, history, music, philosophy, media, and American Studies can be investigated. The major offers courses in American, British, and world literatures, emphasizing their cultural and historical contexts as well as teaching students to interpret them from a variety of critical perspectives. Small classes in both creative and expository writing encourage students to develop their writing skills by working closely with faculty.

For a B. HUM. degree in English, a minimum of 120 credits is required. For the B. HUM. degree in English with Secondary Education Option, a minimum of 122 credits is required. For the B.HUM. degree in English with a Creative Writing Option, a minimum of 120 credits is required.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the English major requires: 1) a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average; and 2) satisfaction of any entrance testing requirements set out by the Pennsylvania Department of Education in effect at the time of application for entrance to major.

CREATIVE WRITING OPTION: Emphasizing original works of fiction, poetry, creative nonfiction, and hybird genres, the Creative Writing Option provides aspiring authors with a literary foundation in the craft of writing and revising original work, as well as practical skills in editing and publishing in traditional and new media formats.

GENERAL ENGLISH OPTION: With its emphases on interpretive skills, creativity, and writing, the General English Option provides a foundation for careers in such fields as publishing, public relations, communication, government and law, as well as a strong basis for graduate education.

SECONDARY EDUCATION OPTION: The Secondary Education Option enables the graduate to meet all the academic requirements for the Instructional I certificate for teaching at the secondary-school level, which is issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.

Students admitted to the program must have the appropriate clearances. These include FBI fingerprint check, Act 151 child abuse history clearance, and Act 34 criminal record check.

Students thinking seriously about entering the education program should plan their freshman and sophomore years carefully. Semesters 5 through 8 are very structured.

Entry to English Major, Secondary Education option requires the following additional requirements:

  1. A minimum grade point average of 3.0.
  2. Completion of ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3) and three credits of literature from approved list with a C or higher grade.
  3. Completion of six credits of college-level mathematics (MATH or STAT prefixes) with a C or higher grade.
  4. Satisfaction of any entrance testing requirements set out by the Pennsylvania Department of Education in effect at the time of application for the major.

Selective Retention (Secondary Education Option):

Following entrance to the major, STUDENTS will be evaluated for retention in the program based on:

  1. maintaining a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher;
  2. completion of required courses with a C or higher grade;
  3. an acceptable or above rating on the Penn State Harrisburg Professional Dispositions for Teacher Education.*

To be eligible to student teach, STUDENTS must:

  1. maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher;
  2. complete with a C or higher grade all required Content and Education Courses;
  3. Satisfaction of any entrance testing requirements set out by the Pennsylvania Department of Education in effect at the time of application for entrance to major;
  4. submit and pass the Writing Proficiency Portfolio that demonstrates their proficiency as writers (see English Program Coordinator for specific instructions and deadlines);
  5. be rated acceptable or above on the Penn State Harrisburg Professional Dispositions for Teacher Education.*

In order to successfully complete the Secondary Education option, STUDENTS must:

  1. complete EDUC 490 with a grade of C or higher;
  2. maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher;
  3. complete with a grade of C or higher, all required Content and Education Courses;
  4. complete a presentation portfolio; and
  5. be rated acceptable or above on the Penn State Harrisburg Professional Dispositions for Teacher Education.*

*FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SEE THE SECONDARY EDUCATION HANDBOOK.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(6-15 of these credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 0-18 credits

BACHELOR OF HUMANITIES DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 18 credits
(See description of Bachelor of Humanities Degree Requirements in Bulletin.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 45-65 credits
(This includes 6-15 of General Education courses: General English Option, 6 credits of General Education Arts (GA) and/or Social and Behavioral Science (GS) courses; Secondary Education Option, 6 credits of General Education Quantification (GQ) courses, 3 credits of General Education Social Sciences (GS) courses, and 6 credits of General Humanities (GH) courses.

At least 15 credits of Prescribed, Additional, and/or Supporting courses must be taken at the 400 level.

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR (ALL OPTIONS): 21 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)[1]
ENGL 200W(3) (Sem: 5-6)
ENGL 444(3) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (3 credits)
Select 3 credits from the following: ENGL 221 GH(3), ENGL 221W(3), ENGL 222 GH(3), ENGL 222W(3), ENGL 231 GH(3), ENGL 231W(3), ENGL 232 GH(3), ENGL 232W(3) (Sem: 3-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits) (At least 9 credits must be at the 300-400 level)
Select 3 credits in American ethnic literature or African-American literature from department list (Sem: 3-8)
Select 3 credits in world literature or comparative literature from department list (Sem: 3-8)
Select 3 credits in American literature at the 300 or 400 level from department list (Sem: 5-8)[1]
Select 3 credits in British literature at the 300 or 400 level from department list (Sem: 5-8)[1]

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPTION: 24-53 credits

CREATIVE WRITING OPTION: (27 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (12 credits)
ENGL 212(3)[1], ENGL 213(3)[1], ENGL 214(3)[1], COMM 342 WAC(3)[1] (Sem: 2-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (12 credits)
In semesters 3-5, take 6 credits from this list: ENGL 136 GH(3)[1], ENGL 180 GH(3)[1], ENGL 191 GH(3), ENGL 192 GH(3), ENGL 209(3), ENGL 210(3), ENGL 211(3), ENGL 262 GH(3), ENGL 263 GH(3), ENGL 265 GH(3) or COMM 346(3)
In semesters 5-8, take 6 credits from this list: ENGL 412(3), ENGL 413(3), ENGL 415(3), ENGL 420(3), ENGL 422(3), ENGL 423(3), ENGL 424(3) ENGL 425(3), ENGL 497(3), ENGL 498(3) or COMM 446(3)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (3 credits)
Select 3 credits from courses designated as Literature, Writing, or Rhetoric (any courses with an ENGL, except ENGL 4, 5, 15, 202, or CMLIT prefix) (Sem: 3-8) or from the department approved list.

GENERAL ENGLISH OPTION: (24 credits)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (6 credits)
Select 3 credits from the following: ENGL 50 GA(3), ENGL 210(3), ENGL 212(3), ENGL 213(3), ENGL 215(3), ENGL 250(3), ENGL 412(3), ENGL 413(3), ENGL 415(3), ENGL 416(3), ENGL 417(3), ENGL 418(3), ENGL 419(3), ENGL 420(3), ENGL 421(3), ENGL 422(3), ENGL 423(3), ENGL 425(3), ENGL 470(3), ENGL 491(3) (Sem: 3-8)[1]
Select 3 credits from the following ENGL 100(3), ENGL 191 GH(3), ENGL 196 GH:US:IL(3), ENGL 261(3), ENGL 262 GH(3), ENGL 263 GH(3), ENGL 265 GH(3), ENGL 268 GH(3), ENGL 400(3), ENGL 401(3), ENGL 407(3), ENGL 458(3), ENGL 482(3) (Sem: 3-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (18 credits)
Select 12 credits in Literature, Writing, and/or Rhetoric (Sem: 3-8)
Select 6 credits from General Education Arts (GA) and/or Social and Behavioral Sciences (GS) (Sem: 3-8)

SECONDARY EDUCATION OPTION: (53 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (44 credits)
HDFS 239 GS(3) (Sem: 1-2)
EDPSY 14(3) (Sem: 1-3)
CI 280 GH(3) (Sem: 3-4)
EDUC 313(2), EDUC 314(3), EDUC 315 US(3), EDUC 322(3), EDUC 416(3), EDUC 458(3), EDUC 490(12) (Sem: 5-8)
EDUC 459(3), ENGL 470(3) (Sem: 6-7)[1]

ADDITIONAL COURSES (9 credits)
Select 6 credits of General Education Quantification courses (GQ) with a MATH or STAT prefix (Sem: 1-4)
Select 3 credits of GH literature from department list (Sem: 1-4)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-068 Change. Add IUG in B.S. in Finance and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Finance

Penn State Abington
Capital College (FINCE)

JANE S. KOCHANOV, Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration

The finance major emphasizes analytic, problem solving, and computer skills which are necessary for finance and investment industry. The major prepares students for careers in corporate finance, investment and portfolio management, banking, public finance, and international finance. The major also prepares students who want to pursue graduate study in finance. Depending on their interests, graduates may then seek financial services credentials such as Certified Financial Planner (CFP) and Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA).

The requirements in the major complement basic business instruction in accounting, management, marketing, and information systems. With business and non-business electives, the program is designed to develop necessary skills to be an effective financial manager. Because the Harrisburg area is the center of industry and economic development for south-central Pennsylvania, students are provided with many opportunities to experience the world of business.

For a B.S. degree in Finance, a minimum of 120 credits is required. At least 50 percent of the business credit hours required for the degree must be taken at Capital College. No more than 60 credits should be from business and business-related courses.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the Finance major requires the completion of 8 entry-to-major courses: ACCTG 211(4)[1]; ECON 102 GS(3)[1]; ENGL 015 GWS(3) or ENGL 030 GWS(3); FIN 301(3)[1]; MATH 110 GQ(4)[1] or MATH 140 GQ(4)[1]; MGMT 301(3); MKTG 301(3); SCM 200 GQ(4)[1] or STAT 200 GQ(4)[1]; and a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average. Additional information about this major is available in the office of the Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business at Penn State Harrisburg.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education Course Requirements in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: Select 8 credits of non-business courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 79 credits
(This includes 12 credits of General Education Courses: 3 credits of GWS courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 6 credits of GQ courses)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (49 credits)
ACCTG 211(4)[1]; ECON 102 GS(3)[1], ENGL 202D GWS(3), FIN 301(3)[1], MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) (Sem: 1-4)
ECON 104 GS(3)[1], ECON 351(3)[1], FIN 302(3)[1], MIS 204(3), MIS 390(3) (Sem: 5-6)
BA 364 US;IL(3), FIN 420(3)[1], SCM 301(3) (Sem: 6-7)
BA 462(3)[1], FIN 475(3)[1] (Sem: 8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (21 credits)
Select 4 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4)[1] or MATH 140 GQ(4)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from SCM 200 GQ(4)[1] or STAT 200 GQ(4)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from BA 243(4) or BA 241(2) and BA 242(2) (Sem: 5-6)
Select 9 credits[1] from the following: ACCTG 481(3), FIN 305(3), FIN 306(3), FIN 407(3), FIN 408(3), FIN 409(3), FIN 413(3), FIN 427(3) FIN 456 IL(3), FIN 461(3), FIN 489(3), FIN 496(3), or other finance courses approved by the Program (Sem: 6-8)
(For students considering CFA exam, FIN 407, FIN 427 and FIN 461 are recommended.)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (9 credits)
Select 9 credits from 200-400 level business courses from: ACCTG, BA, ECON, FIN, MGMT, MIS, MKTG, or SCM in consultation with an academic adviser and in support of the student’s interests. (Sem: 5-8)

Integrated B.S. in Finance and M.B.A. in Business Administration

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Finance candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Finance and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate Program reduces the total number of credits needed to earn both degrees from 150 to 138.

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Finance and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to courses that can count towards both degrees. The first two years of the IUG program are identical to the first two years of the Bachelor of Science program. Students in the IUG program take four additional credits in their third year, and four fewer credits in their fourth year. The courses that count toward the Master of Business Administration degree requirements are included in the fourth year.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis. In addition, a formal evaluation of student academic performance will be performed when the students have completed 100 to 105 credits, which is at the end of the first semester of the senior year for typical students in the program. Students who have not maintained a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses will be put on probationary status with respect to the IUG program. They will receive a warning letter regarding probationary status. Their ability to continue in the IUG program will be based on their academic performance in the last semester of their senior year.

Students have the choice of receiving the B.S. in Finance degree at the end of the fourth year or waiting until the end of the fifth year to receive both degrees. Students who elect to receive the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth year will pay graduate tuition for courses taken in the fifth year; students opting to receive both degrees at the end of the fifth year will pay undergraduate tuition for all five years.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Finance degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed. If the students successfully complete courses listed in the recommended schedule, they will satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree by the end of their fourth year.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

To initiate the application process, students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how MBA will enhance their career goals, transcripts of courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Typical students would apply after completing between 60 and 90 credits, that is, after the fifth semester and before the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102(3), ENGL 15 or 30(3), FIN 301(3), MATH 110 or 140(4), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) and STAT 200(4) or SCM 200(4).

To formally apply, students must submit a completed graduate school application. The students should mention in the notes section that the appliction is for the IUG program in Business Administration. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in applying for a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admission Committee in Business Administration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the degree requirements for both Bachelor of Science in Finance and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to the maximum of 12 credits that can count towards both degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-069 Change. Add IUG in B.S. in Information Systems and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Information Systems

Capital College (INFSY)

JANE S. KOCHANOV, Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration

This major prepares students to enter rapidly expanding fields associated with technology. This includes programming, systems analysis and design, database administration, network management, support services and training, and management of information resources. Students obtain competence both in information technology and in business theory. Thus, the curriculum combines technical content with managerial aspects of information systems. Each student’s background is complemented with basic business instruction in accounting, marketing, management, and finance. With business and non-business electives, the program is designed to develop necessary skills to be an effective Information Systems employee. Because the Harrisburg area is the center of industry and economic development for South Central Pennsylvania, students are provided with many opportunities to experience the exciting and challenging world of business.

Students will obtain:

  • Knowledge in technologies that support the information environment.
  • Knowledge in business or organizational processes that are supported by technology.
  • General skills and abilities that promote good communication, problem-solving and analytical abilities, and the ability to work in a team environment.
  • Skills to participate in and lead multidisciplinary teams in the development, implementation, and management of information technology solutions.

The program meets the objectives through varied experiences and an emphasis on good communication skills.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the Information Systems major requires the completion of 8 entry-to-major courses: ACCTG 211(4); ECON 102 GS(3); ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3); FIN 301(3); MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4); MGMT 301(3); MKTG 301(3); SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4); and a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average. Additional information about this major is available in the office of the Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration at Penn State Harrisburg.

For a B.S. in Information Systems, a minimum of 120 credits is required. Consistent with Senate policy, at least 24 credits of course work in the major and the capstone course must be completed at the Capital College to earn the degree.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education Course Requirements in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 8 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 79 credits
(This includes 12 credits of General Education courses: 3 credits of GWS courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 6 credits of GQ courses)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (49 credits)
ACCTG 211(4) (Sem: 1-4)
ECON 102 GS(3), FIN 301(3), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) (Sem: 1-4)
ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
BA 364 US;IL(3), BA 462(3), ECON 104 (3), MIS 204(3), MIS 307(3)[1], MIS 390(3)[1], MIS 448(3)[1], MIS 450(3)[1], MIS 465(3)[1], SCM 301(3) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (24 credits)
Select 3 credits from CMPSC 101 GQ(3) or CMPSC 121 GQ(3) or IST 140(3) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from BA 243(4) or BA 241(2) and BA 242(2) (Sem: 5-6)
Select 9 credits from one of the following three areas of concentration A, B, or C:
A. Application Development Concentration
IST 302(3)[1]; MIS 413(3)[1]; MIS 466(3)[1]; MIS 489(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8).
B. Network Security Concentration
IST 302(3)[1]; IST 451(3)[1]; IST 456(3)[1]; MIS 489(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)
C. Individualized Concentration
IST 302(3)[1]; IST 451(3)[1]; IST 456(3)[1]; MIS 413(3)[1]; MIS 446 (3)[1]; MIS 461(3)[1]; MIS 466(3)[1]; MIS 489(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (6 credits)
Select 6 credits from 200-400 level business courses from: ACCTG, BA, ECON, FIN, MGMT, MIS, MKTG, or SCM in consultation with an academic adviser and in support of the student’s interests. (Sem: 3-8)

Integrated B.S. in Information Systems and M.B.A. in Business Administration

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Information Systems candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Information Systems and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate Program reduces the total number of credits needed to earn both degrees from 150 to 138.

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Information Systems and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to courses that can count towards both degrees. The first two years of the IUG program are identical to the first two years of the Bachelor of Science program. Students in the IUG program take five additional credits in their third year, and five fewer credits in their fourth year. The courses that count toward the Master of Business Administration degree requirements are included in the fourth year.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis. In addition, a formal evaluation of student academic performance will be performed when the students have completed 100 to 105 credits, which is at the end of the first semester of the senior year for typical students in the program. Students who have not maintained a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses will be put on probationary status with respect to the IUG program. They will receive a warning letter regarding probationary status. Their ability to continue in the IUG program will be based on their academic performance in the last semester of their senior year.

Students have the choice of receiving the B.S. in Information Systems degree at the end of the fourth year or waiting until the end of the fifth year to receive both degrees. Students who elect to receive the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth year will pay graduate tutition for courses taken in the fifth year; students opting to receive both degrees at the end of the fifth year will pay undergraduate tuition for all five years.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Information Systems degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisifactorily completed. If the students successfully complete courses listed in the recommended schedule, they will satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree by the end of their fourth year.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

To initiate the application process, students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how MBA will enhance their career goals, transcripts of courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of MBA Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Typical students would apply after completing between 60 and 90 credits, that is, after the fifth semester and before the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102(3), ENGL 15 or 30(3), FIN 301(3), MATH 110 or 140(4), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) and STAT 200(4) or SCM 200(4).

To formally apply, students must submit a completed graduate school application. The students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in applying for a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

Students applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the degree requirements for both Bachelor of Science in Information Systems and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to the maximum of 12 credits that can count towards both degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-070 Change. Add IUG in B.S. in Management and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Management

Capital College (MNGMT)

JANE S. KOCHANOV, Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration

This major provides students with the knowledge and skills managers need in today’s dynamic business environments. Core management courses provide a general overview of key management competencies including effective leadership, team building, managing and motivating human resources, facilitating organizational change and learning, and fostering and applying organizational knowledge for competitive advantage. Students complement this general management foundation with a human resource management, entrepreneurship, or individualized concentration.

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION: This concentration prepares students for a career in human resource management by developing skills and competencies in managing diversity and equal opportunity, ethical and fair treatment of employees, human resource planning and staffing, employee training and development, compensation and benefits, performance management, labor relations, and protecting employee safety and health. Students completing this concentration would be prepared to demonstrate their knowledge of the core principles of human resource practices and the application of those principles for potential certification as a Professional in Human Resources (PHR), Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR), or Global Professional in Human Resources (GPHR).

ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION: The Entrepreneurship concentration is designed to introduce undergraduate students to the process of new venture development. Topics covered in the concentration include business plan development, the nature of management in small business, and the role of creativity and innovation in the entrepreneurial process. Opportunities are provided for student participation in the development of an actual new business venture.

INDIVIDUALIZED CONCENTRATION: The Individualized concentration is designed to provide students with a customized specialization that enables them to develop their own concentration in a management field of their choice. It allows flexibility in developing student knowledge and competencies in accordance with their personal, professional, and career interests.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the Management major requires the completion of 8 entry-to-major courses: ACCTG 211(4); ECON 102 GS(3); ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3); FIN 301(3); MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4); MGMT 301(3)[1]; MKTG 301(3); SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4); and a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average. Additional information about this major is available in the office of the Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration at Penn State Harrisburg.

For a B.S. degree in Management, a minimum of 120 credits is required. Consistent with Senate policy, at least 24 credits of course work in the major and the capstone course must be completed at the Capital College to earn the degree.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: Select 8 credits of non-business courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 79 credits
(This includes 12 credits of General Education Courses: 3 credits of GWS courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 6 credits of GQ courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (46 credits)
ACCTG 211(4) (Sem: 1-4)
ECON 102 GS(3), FIN 301(3), MGMT 301(3)[1], MKTG 301(3) (Sem: 1-4)
ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
BA 364 US;IL(3), BA 462(3)[1], ECON 104 GS(3), MGMT 341(3)[1], MGMT 433(3)[1], MGMT 466(3)[1], MIS 204(3), MIS 390(3), SCM 301(3) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (21 credits)
Select 4 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from BA 243(4) or BA 241(2) and BA 242(2) (Sem: 5-6)

Select 9 credits from one of the following four areas of concentration A, B, C:

A. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
MGMT 440(3)[1], MGMT 450(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)
Select 3 credits in MGMT [1] at the 300-400 level from department list in consultation with academic adviser (Sem: 5-8)

B. ENTREPRENEURSHIP CONCENTRATION
MGMT 431(3)[1], MGMT 453(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)
Select 3 credits in MGMT [1] at the 300-400 level from department list in consultation with academic adviser (Sem: 5-8)

C. INDIVIDUALIZED CONCENTRATION
Select 9 credits in MGMT [1] at the 300-400 level from department list in consultation with academic adviser (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits from 200-400 level business courses from: ACCTG, BA, ECON, FIN, MIS, MGMT, MKTG, or SCM in consultation with an academic adviser and in support of the student’s interests. (Sem: 3-8)

Integrated B.S. in Management and M.B.A. in Business Administration

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Management candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Management and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate Program reduces the total number of credits needed to earn both degrees from 150 to 138.

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Management and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to courses that can count towards both degrees. The first three years of the IUG program are identical to the first three years of the Bachelor of Science program. The fourth year of the IUG program differs from the fourth year of the Bachelor of Science program because of the inclusion of courses that count toward the Master of Business Administration degree requirements.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis. In addition, a formal evaluation of student academic performance will be performed when the students have completed 100 to 105 credits, which is at the end of the first semester of the senior year for typical students in the program. Students who have not maintained a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses will be put on probationary status with respect to the IUG program. They will receive a warning letter regarding probationary status. Their ability to continue in the IUG program will be based on their academic performance in the last semester of their senior year.

Students have the choice of receiving the B.S. in Management degree at the end of the fourth year or waiting until the end of the fifth year to receive both degrees. Students who elect to receive the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth year will pay graduate tuition for courses taken in the fifth year; students opting to receive both degrees at the end of the fifth year will pay undergraduate tuition for all five years.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Management degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed. If the students successfully complete courses listed in the recommended schedule, they will satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree by the end of their fourth year.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

To initiate the application process, students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how MBA will enhance their career goals, transcripts of courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of MBA Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Typical students would apply after completing between 60 and 90 credits, that is, after the fifth semester and before the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102(3), ENGL 15 or 30(3), FIN 301(3), MATH 110 or 140(4), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) and STAT 200(4) or SCM 200(4).

To formally apply, students must submit a completed graduate school application. The students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program unless students have completed fewer than 24 credits at Penn State, in which case they must take GMAT and earn a score of at least 450. If students are interested in applying for a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the degree requirements for both Bachelor of Science in Management and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to the maximum of 12 credits that can count towards both degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-071 Change. Add IUG in B.S. in Marketing and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Marketing

Capital College (MRKT)
Capital College via the World Campus

JANE S. KOCHANOV, Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business Administration

This major is designed for students interested in careers involving sales, promotion, services, distribution, research, and planning for business and the public sector. The major provides students with key concepts and methods of analysis in marketing. It focuses on understanding customer needs, developing products or services, creating and implementing marketing plans, monitoring customer responses, and projecting marketing activities for the future.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the Marketing major requires the completion of 8 entry-to-major courses: ACCTG 211(4); ECON 102 GS(3); ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3); FIN 301(3); MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4); MGMT 301(3); MKTG 301(3)[1]; SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4); and a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average. Additional information about this major is available in the office of the Director of Undergraduate Studies, School of Business at Penn State Harrisburg.

For the B.S. degree in Marketing, a minimum of 120 credits is required. At least 50 percent of the business credit hours required for the degree must be taken at the Capital College. No more than 60 credits should be from business and business-related courses.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: Select 8 credits of non-business courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 79 credits
(This includes 12 credits of General Education Courses: 3 credits of GWS courses; 3 credits of GS courses; 6 credits of GQ courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (46 credits)
ACCTG 211(4) (Sem: 1-4)
ENGL 202D GWS(3), ECON 102 GS(3), FIN 301(3), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
BA 364 US;IL(3), BA 462(3), ECON 104 GS(3), MIS 204(3), MIS 390(3), SCM 301(3) (Sem: 5-8)
MKTG 330(3)[1], MKTG 342(3)[1], MKTG 450(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (21 credits)
Select 4 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 4 credits from SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
BA 243(4) or BA 241(2) and BA 242(2) (Sem: 5-6)
Select 9 credits [1] from the following: ECON 342(3), MKTG 302(3), MKTG 327(3), MKTG 422(3), MKTG 445 IL(3), MKTG 476(3), MKTG 478(3), MKTG 485(3) (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits from 200-400 level business courses from: ACCTG, BA, ECON, FIN, MIS, MGMT, MKTG, or SCM in consultation with an academic adviser and in support of the student’s interests. (Sem: 3-8)

Integrated B.S. in Marketing and M.B.A. in Business Administration

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Marketing candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Marketing and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate Program reduces the total number of credits needed to earn both degrees from 150 to 138.

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to courses that can count towards both degrees. The first two years of the IUG program are identical to the first two years of the Bachelor of Science program. Students in the IUG program take six additional credits in their third year, and six fewer credits in their fourth year. The courses that count toward the Master of Business Administration degree requirements are included in the fourth year.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis. In addition, a formal evaluation of student academic performance will be performed when the students have completed 100 to 105 credits, which is at the end of the first semester of the senior year for typical students in the program. Students who have not maintained a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses will be put on probationary status with respect to the IUG program. They will receive a warning letter regarding probationary status. Their ability to continue in the IUG program will be based on their academic performance in the last semester of their senior year.

Students have the choice of receiving the B.S. in Marketing degree at the end of the fourth year or waiting until the end of the fifth year to receive both degrees. Students who elect to receive the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth year will pay graduate tuition for courses taken in the fifth year; students opting to receive both degrees at the end of the fifth year will pay undergraduate tuition for all five years.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Marketing degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed. If the students successfully complete courses listed in the recommended schedule, they will satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree by the end of their fourth year.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

To initiate the application process, students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how MBA will enhance their career goals, transcripts of courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of MBA Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Typical students would apply after completing between 60 and 90 credits, that is, after the fifth semester and before the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102(3), ENGL 15 or 30(3), FIN 301(3), MATH 110 or 140(4), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) and STAT 200(4) or SCM 200(4).

To formally apply, students must submit a completed graduate school application. The students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in applying for a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the degree requirements for both Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to the maximum of 12 credits that can count towards both degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-072 Change. Add IUG in B.S. in Project and Supply Chain Management and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Project and Supply Chain Management

Penn State Erie, The Behrend College (PSCM)
Penn State Harrisburg, Capital College (PSMCA)
University College: Penn State Beaver, Penn State Fayette, Penn State Greater Allegheny, Penn State Lehigh Valley, Penn State New Kensington, and Penn State Shenango

The Project and Supply Chain Management major concentrates on developing knowledge, skills, and abilities in both project and supply chain management, dynamic and important disciplines in modern corporations. Project management skills include the development of new projects, and coordinating procurement and project delivery systems. Supply chain management emphasizes the integration of manufacturing and service operations, logistics, purchasing, and distribution that enable organizations to develop value-creating supply chain networks. The major provides students with an opportunity to develop the quantitative and people skills necessary to design and operate today’s complex management systems.Students learn how to manage critical components in organizational supply chains, and apply business analytic methods for organizing and fully integrating supply chain practices throughout the organization.

Graduates are uniquely well-prepared for careers in some of the highest in-demand professions in the modern business and government environments, managing the supply chain and project initiatives in world-class business firms, public sector organizations, construction, IT organizations, third-party logistics providers, and goods and services distribution operations.

Entry to Major Requirements:
Entry to the Management major requires the completion of 5 entry-to-major courses: ACCTG 211(4); ECON 102 GS(3); ENGL 15 GWS(3) or ENGL 30 GWS(3); MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4); STAT 200 GQ(4) or SCM 200(4), and a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade-point average.

For the B.S. degree in Project and Supply Chain Management, a minimum of 120 credits is required. Each student must earn at least a grade of C in each 300- and 400-level course in the major field.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(15 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 2 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 88 credits
(This includes 15 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GQ courses; 6 credits of GS courses; 3 credits of GWS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (43 credits)
ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102 GS(3), ECON 104 GS(3), ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 3-4)
FIN 301(3)[1], MGMT 301(3)[1], MIS 204(3), MKTG 301(3)[1], SCM 301(3)[1] (Sem: 3-6)
MGMT 341(3)[1], MGMT 410(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)
MGMT 418(3)[1], SCM 445(3)[1], SCM 460(3)[1] (Sem: 6-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (33 credits)
MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-2)
SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 3-4)
BA 241(2) and BA 242(2); or BA 243(4) (Sem: 3-6)
Select 3 credits from BA 364(3)[1], ECON 470(3)[1], FIN 471(3)[1], MGMT 461 IL(3)[1], MKTG 445 IL(3)[1], or other 400-level international business courses[1] (Sem: 5-8)
Select 6 credits of 300- or 400-level courses in one business supporting area or PSCM electives from MGMT 420(3)[1], MGMT 431(3)[1], MGMT 432(3)[1], MGMT 433(3)[1], MGMT 440(3)[1], MGMT 453(3)[1], MGMT 466(3)[1], or MGMT 483(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)
Select 3 credits from ECON 481(3)[1] or MIS 336(3)[1] or MIS 390(3)[1] (Sem: 6-8)
MGMT 415(3)[1] or SCM 416(3)[1] (Sem: 6-8)
SCM 320(3)[1] or SCM 455(3)[1] (Sem: 6-8)
BA 462(3)[1] or MGMT 471W(3)[1] (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits of approved electives courses from any area (see school list of suggested courses) (See the admission section in the general information section in this bulletin for the placement policy for Penn State foreign language courses.) (Sem: 1-8)

Integrated B.S. in Project and Supply Chain Management and M.B.A. in Business Administration, Penn State Harrisburg

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs. The Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate Program reduces the total number of credits needed to earn both degrees from 150 to 138.

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the requirements for both the Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to courses that can count towards both degrees. The first two years of the IUG program are identical to the first two years of the Bachelor of Science program. Students in the IUG program take three additional credits in their third year, and three fewer credits in their fourth year. The courses that count toward the Master of Business Administration degree requirements are included in the fourth year.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis. In addition, a formal evaluation of student academic performance will be performed when the students have completed 100 to 105 credits, which is at the end of the first semester of the senior year for typical students in the program. Students who have not maintained a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses will be put on probationary status with respect to the IUG program. They will receive a warning letter regarding probationary status. Their ability to continue in the IUG program will be based on their academic performance in the last semester of their senior year.

Students have the choice of receiving the B.S. in Project and Supply Chain Management degree at the end of the fourth year or waiting until the end of the fifth year to receive both degrees. Students who elect to receive the B.S. degree at the end of the fourth year will pay graduate tuition for courses taken in the fifth year; students opting to receive both degrees at the end of the fifth year will pay undergraduate tuition for all five years.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed. If the students successfully complete courses listed in the recommended schedule, they will satisfy the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree by the end of their fourth year.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

To initiate the application process, students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how MBA will enhance their career goals, transcripts of courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of MBA Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Typical students would apply after completing between 60 and 90 credits, that is, after the fifth semester and before the end of the seventh semester. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211(4), ECON 102(3), ENGL 15 or 30(3), FIN 301(3), MATH 110 or 140(4), MGMT 301(3), MKTG 301(3) and STAT 200(4) or SCM 200(4).

To formally apply, students must submit a completed graduate school application. The students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in applying for a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the IUG program must satisfy the degree requirements for both Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management and Master of Business Administration degrees. The total course load is reduced due to the maximum of 12 credits that can count towards both degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.

COURSE ADDS

46-01-073 MATH 448
Title: Mathematics of Finance
Abbreviated Title: Math Finance (3)
Description: The course provides a foundational knowledge of the mathematics and mathematical models of finance, primarily of option pricing, hedging, and portfolio optimization. The topics include the definition of various financial securities and instruments (e.g. bonds, stocks, forward contracts, and options), the theory of interest, the No-Arbitrage Principle, measures of return and volatility, the Markowitz model of portfolio theory, the Capital Asset Pricing Model, the pricing of forward contracts, option trading strategies, the pricing of options via binomial models and the Black-Scholes model, and principles of hedging.
Prerequisites: MATH 141, and ( STAT 200; or STAT 301; or MATH 318; or STAT 318; or STAT 401; or MATH 414; or STAT 414 )
Proposed Start: SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-074 AMST 482
Title: Public Heritage
Abbreviated Title: Public Heritage (3-3:99)
Description: A study of public heritage practices and programs in America. (May be repeated for
credit.) AM ST 482 Public Heritage (3) A study of public heritage practices and programs, which
encompasses interpretation and education projects in American history and culture, disseminated through institutions to the general public. The areas under public heritage include the practices and programs of museums, expositions and fairs, archives, historical and cultural
agencies, government bureaus, foundations, community organizations, magazines, films,
festivals, and computer sites. The course traces the changes that have occurred in the public
heritage movement, especially the ways that American Studies scholarship has been distilled through various public institutions and programs.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Public Heritage Practices
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Public Heritg Prac
PROPOSED START: SP2019

COURSE DROPS

46-01-075 IE 303
Title: Engineering Economic Analysis
Abbreviated Title: Engr Econ Analysis (2)
Description: Economic analysis of engineering alternatives.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-076 MET 448
Title: Mechanical Engineering Technology Laboratory B
Abbreviated Title: Met Lab B (2)
Description: Laboratory exercises in the areas of instrumentation, strength of materials, fluid flow, vibrations, thermodynamics, etc.
Proposed Start: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Health and Human Development

46-01-077 Add. New Minor in Diversity and Inclusion in Health and Human Development.

Proposed Effective Date: Summer 2018

Diversity and Inclusion in Health and Human Development

University Park, Health and Human Development

The Diversity and Inclusion in Health and Human Development helps students explore and understand the impacts racial, ethnic, socioeconomic status, and cultural diversity have in the world of health care, education, hospitality, recreation, and tourism.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18 credits

ADDITIONAL COURSES (6 credits)
Select 6 credits from: KINES 100(3); NUTR 251 GHW(3); RPTM 120 GS;US;IL(3); CSD 146 US;IL(3); HM 201(3); HPA 101(3); BBH 101 GHW(3); HDFS 129 GS(3)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Choose 12 credits from one of the following clusters. At least 6 credits must be at the 400 level and at least 3 credits outside of your major:

Global Health Diversity and Inclusion: HPA 410 IL(3); NUTR 425 IL(3); RPTM 300 IL(3); BBH 302 US(3); BBH 305 IL(3); BBH 402 IL(3); BBH 407 IL(3); BBH/HPA 440 US;IL(3)

Health and Identity: BBH 251 US(3); BBH 302 US(3); BBH 315 US(3); BBH/NURS/WMNST 452 US(3); CSD 269 GS;US;IL(3); KINES/WMNST 424 US(3); HDFS/WMNST 250 US(3); HDFS 405 US(3)

Work, Recreation, Family and Community: RPTM 277 US(3); NUTR 456 US(3); HM 466 US(3); HDFS 315 US(3); HDFS 424 US(3); KINES 341 US(3)


COURSE ADDS

46-01-078 HM 344
Title: Social Media Marketing for Hospitality
Abbreviated Title: Hosp Social Media (3)
Description: This class in social media marketing explores the growing popularity of using
digital technologies to reach guests. The emphasis of the class is on expanding student’s
working knowledge on the four zones of social media (community, publishing, entertainment and commerce) within the context of hospitality. Students explore how social media can be employed to build hospitality brands, conduct business, handle guest complaints, drive sales, forge and maintain guest relationships. Although strategies for executing successful social media campaigns is taught, an over emphasis on anyone specific social network is not.
Prerequisites: HM 201
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-079 HM 488
Title: Hospitality Asset Management
Abbreviated Title: Hosp Asset Mgt (3)
Description: This course introduces students to asset management in global hospitality
operations. The course is taught from a hospitality perspective and focuses on how asset managers usually work with hospitality asset owners and third party providers to enhance and optimize the value of hospitality assets. The multidisciplinary content includes a variety of perspectives on asset managers helping owners and third party operators make investment decisions, enhance asset value, review and assess contractual agreements, and be aware of ongoing global and local trends that could eventually affect the value of hospitality assets such as hotels and restaurants.
Prerequisites: HM 336
Concurrent Courses: HM 336
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-080 RPTM 220
Title: Sustainability, Society, and Well-being
Abbreviated Title: SUST SOC WELLBEING (3)
Description: We live in a world increasingly connected via global processes and social networks,
and increasingly challenged by exponential growth in demands on our planet’s finite environmental resources. This makes sustainability more of an imperative each day. But what exactly is sustainability? How does it relate to your career in RPTM or to your studies in other departments at Penn State? This course is designed to provide students with strong foundational knowledge about sustainability and how it relates to their career in Recreation, Park and Tourism Management. To develop students’ understanding of the concept of sustainability, the course explores how interconnected social, economic, and environmental systems have resulted in the contemporary sustainability challenges we face both globally and locally. Each week students are presented with the large scale, global status of a particular issue related to sustainability before then exploring these challenges in increasingly local contexts of the U.S., Pennsylvania, and a career path in RPTM. In contemplating the broad scope of sustainability, students will become better informed about the many ways that their career in RPTM is influenced by this global context of challenges to social, environmental, and economic sustainability. In exploring how RPTM activities exert an influence on sustainability goals, students will be better equipped to address sustainability challenges within the organizations in which they work as well as in their everyday lives.
Proposed Start: USP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-081 HM 336
Title: Hospitality Managerial Accounting
Abbreviated Title: Hosp Mngrial Acctg (3)
Description: Collection, processing, and interpretation of accounting data for managerial planning, control, and evaluation in hospitality organizations. HM 336 Hospitality Managerial Accounting (3) Managerial decision-making using accounting data is an integral part of the function of managers in the hospitality industry. The accounting function of the lodging business generates financial data, and managers need to be able to interpret the data, analyze it and make decisions based on their interpretation and analysis of the data. This course provides the student with the core knowledge needed to understand the kinds of data generated by the financial systems of hospitality operations, prepare budgets, perform variance analysis, and provide control over the financial aspects of the hospitality business. Main topics typically include:• Introduction to managerial decision-making in the hospitality industry• Cost
behavior analysis in the hospitality industry• Cost, volume and profit analysis in the hospitality industry• Pricing decisions in the hospitality industry• Preparation of operational budgets in the hospitality industry• Calculation and interpretation of cost and revenue variances in the hospitality industry• Preparation of cash budgets and control over cash in hospitality operations• Preparation of the statement of cash flows in the hospitality industry• Preparation of proforrna financial statements in the hospitality industry The content of this course is considered fundamental for anyone in hospitality management and, therefore, is required
of all Hospitality Management majors. Prior to this course, students are required to have taken
Financial Accounting in the Hospitality Industry. HM 336 is a pre- requisite to Financial Management in Hospitality Operations.
Prerequisites: A grade of C” or better in HM 335 or ACCT 221, and a grade of C” or better in HM 271
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: A grade of “C” or better in HM 335, AND a grade of “C” or better in HM 271
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-082 KINES 456
Title: Physical Fitness Appraisal
Abbreviated Title: Phys Fitness Appr (4)
Description: The basic components of physical fitness, how it can be measured, and how it can be developed.
Prerequisites: KINES 350, 3 credits of statistics
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Fitness Appraisal
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: In KINES 456, students assess the five components of health-related physical fitness through fitness testing measures: body composition, joint flexibility, muscle strength, muscle endurance and cardiorespiratory fitness. The importance of a comprehensive pre-participation health screening, including relevant medical history, physical examination findings, cardiovascular disease risk factor assessment and laboratory testing is emphasized. Several current pre-participation screening instruments are reviewed. The American College of Sports Medicine physical activity guidelines and guidelines for exercise testing and prescription are discussed and grounded in best practices in monitoring signs and symptoms of physical stress leading to test termination. Students explore the role that cardiovascular, pulmonary, renal and metabolic disease risk factors and signs and symptoms play in the development of atherosclerosis and the impact each has on fitness appraisal. Modifications and/or alternative assessments for each health-related component of physical fitness are discussed for clinical populations, children and older adults. The required laboratory allows students practical opportunities to assess these components across the lifespan utilizing both field testing and laboratory testing and interpreting results using normative data. The required laboratory experience reinforces the course content and aids in skill acquisition by requiring that all students participate in the testing procedures as both test administrators and subjects. As EKG interpretation is a valuable skill in fitness appraisal, students receive instruction in basics of EKG interpretation to include: determination of mean electrical axis, heart rate and rhythm, EKG waveform norms, and normal and abnormal EKG responses before, during and after exercise testing. Atrial, junctional and ventricular arrhythmias, heart blocks and bundle branch blocks are included in the latter portion of the course. ACSM metabolic calculations for exercise testing and prescription are reviewed and utilized.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: KINES 350
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-083 RPTM 101
Title: Introduction to Recreation Services
Abbreviated Title: Intro Recr Serv (2)
Description: Introduction to discipline and exploration of professional career models/ paths,
historical development of profession, expectations and opportunities in recreation services. RPTM 101 Introduction to Recreation Services (2)The primary objective of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the historical and contemporary perspectives of the recreation and park profession. In addition, the course will provide an exploration of careers in leisure, recreation and parks, or related services with emphasis on the various leisure delivery systems. Main topics typically include: Understanding of the roles and significance of leisure and recreation in past and present societies; Awareness of the factors contributing to the
emergence of specific movements, delivery systems, and agencies within the recreation and parks movement; Knowledge of the specific roles assumed by public, private, nonprofit, community and commercial agencies in providing resources and contributing to contemporary participation patterns and lifestyles; Awareness of professional career models, expectations, and opportunities; An understanding of issues and trends currently affecting the direction of leisure services. This is a required course for the Recreation, Park and Tourism Management major, usually taken during the freshman or sophomore year. Students in other majors who are exploring Recreation, Park and Tourism Management are encouraged to enroll.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 3
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to discipline and exploration of professional career models/ paths, historical development of profession, expectations and opportunities in recreation services. The primary objective of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the historical and contemporary perspectives of the recreation and park profession. In addition, the course will provide an exploration of careers in leisure, recreation and parks, or related services with emphasis on the various leisure delivery systems. Main topics typically include: understanding of the roles and significance of leisure and recreation in past and present societies; awareness of the factors contributing to the emergence of specific movements, delivery systems, and agencies within the recreation and parks movement; knowledge of the specific roles assumed by public, private, nonprofit, community and commercial agencies in providing resources and contributing to contemporary participation patterns and lifestyles; awareness of professional career models, expectations, and opportunities; and, an understanding of issues and trends currently affecting the delivery of leisure services. This is a required course for the Recreation, Park and Tourism Management major, usually taken during the freshman or sophomore year. Students in other majors who are exploring Recreation, Park and Tourism Management are encouraged to enroll.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-084 RPTM 210
Title: Introduction to Commercial Recreation and Tourism
Abbreviated Title: Comm Recr/Tourism (2)
Description: Historical and contemporary perspectives of the field of commercial recreation and
tourism. RPTM 210 Introduction to Commercial Recreation and Tourism (2)The primary objective of this course is to introduce students to, and provide core competencies in, the fundamentals and principles of commercial recreation and tourism as fields of service including; the delivery of goods, services, amenities, facilities, entrepreneurship, and trends in commercial recreation and tourism. A second objective is to provide students with an overview of career possibilities in the fields of commercial recreation and tourism. Main topics typically include: The history of recreation and tourism and how these sectors fit in the broad spectrum of leisure delivery systems; The role and inter-relationship between private, nonprofit, and public resources in commercial recreation; Management principles in organization, planning, marketing, promotion, finance, public relations, human resource practices, and decision making in commercial recreation and tourism; Current needs, problems and issues associated with the commercial recreation and tourism sectors; Career opportunities in commercial recreation and tourism. This is a required course for the RPTM major in the Commercial and Community Recreation Management option. Students in other majors are welcome after all RPTM majors have scheduled.
Approved Start:201617FA

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 3
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Commercial Recreation and Tourism is designed to introduce students to the historical and contemporary perspectives of the field of commercial recreation and tourism, and to serve as an introduction to the “Commercial Recreation and Tourism” option within the Recreation, Park, and Tourism Management curriculum. The course will begin by offering a broad overview of this multifaceted field, highlighting the various roles that commercial recreation and tourism play locally, regionally, nationally, and globally. The course then shifts to focus on managerial considerations for practitioners in the field, preparing students to pursue a career in this expansive and exciting field.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-085 RPTM 460
Title: Political and Legal Aspects of Recreation Services
Abbreviated Title: Pl/Legal Asp R and P (3)
Description: Role of local, state, federal government in provision of recreation services. Legislative and judicial systems. RPTM 460 Political and Legal Aspects of Recreation Services (3)The primary objective of this course is to examine the governmental systems that influence the delivery of recreational services. The formal structure of government is considered along with the day-to-day political processes that determine public policy. All three levels of government-federal, state, and local–are studied. Particular attention is given to the judicial systems of these governments. The course also gives considerable attention to tort liability by examining case law as it relates to recreation facilities and services. The course also explores federal and state laws pertaining to employer/employee relations and administrative responsibilities. An additional objective is to investigate land use planning as it impacts recreation services. Main topics include: The Court Systems, legislative branches; Planning: historical perspective, land use, zoning, mandatory dedication, easements, building codes; Liability: elements of negligence, situations giving rise to law suit, product liability, defenses & risk management, review; Personnel laws; Federal laws, State Human Relations Acts, Civil Service, Hatch Act, FLSA, finance, garnishment & bankruptcy; Public Relations Law: copyright, photography, lotteries, libel, slander, privacy; Administrative Law: purchasing, entrepreneurship, Federal Tax laws. This is a required course for all students majoring in Recreation, Park and Tourism Management. It is open to students of other majors, providing they have met the pre-requisite.
Prerequisites: RPTM 101
Approved Start: 1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 390
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Legal Iss RPTM Ser
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: The primary objective of this course is to examine the governmental systems that influence the delivery of recreational services. The formal structure of government is considered along with the day-to-day political processes that determine public policy. All three levels of government-federal, state, and local–are studied. Particular attention is given to the judicial systems of these governments. The course also gives considerable attention to tort liability by examining case law as it relates to recreation facilities and services. The course also explores federal and state laws pertaining to employer/employee relations and administrative
responsibilities. Main topics include: The Court Systems, legislative branches; planning and
development: historical perspective, land use, zoning, mandatory dedication, easements, building codes; liability: elements of negligence, situations giving rise to law suit, product liability, defenses & risk management, review; personnel laws; Federal laws, State Human Relations Acts, Civil Service, Hatch Act, FLSA, finance, garnishment & bankruptcy; the Americans with Disabilities Act; Public Relations Law: copyright, photography, lotteries, libel, slander, privacy; Administrative Law: purchasing, entrepreneurship, Federal Tax laws. This is a required course for all students majoring in Recreation, Park and Tourism Management. It is open to students of other majors, providing they have met the pre-requisite.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: RPTM 120
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-086 RPTM 356
Title: Programming in Recreation Services
Abbreviated Title: Prog in Recr Serv
Description: Translating agency philosophy and policy into understanding of organization, management, implementation, and evaluation of programming in recreation services. RPTM 356 Programming in Recreation Services (3)This course is designed to provide students with information and practical experience required to successfully design, promote, implement, and evaluate programs and special events in community, campus, or commercial contexts. There are several course objectives, including: (a) increasing students’ knowledge of key concepts in program planning and an understanding how they impact programming decisions; (b) increasing students’ knowledge of decision factors involved in analyzing and designing a recreation program or special event; and (c) increasing students’ skills associated with key management functions required to implement a recreational program or special event. Students are required to work in teams to design, promote, implement and evaluate a special event that will benefit participants and the sponsoring agency. Main Topics Typically Included in the Course: Programming concepts, including programmer, program contexts, benefits-based programming, programming approaches, comprehensive programming cycle, and program formats; Management structures, including organization of teams into committee structures with clear roles, responsibilities, and reporting structure; Program design, including program concept, program purpose, goals and objectives, and development of themed events; Situation analysis, including analysis of internal and external factors/ resources, potential participants’ needs and interests, and program-related research; Budget development and sponsorship, including direct fixed and variable costs associated with event, differential pricing, and sponsorship; Promotion, including purposes for promotion, types of promotional tools, and development of a promotional plan; Event logistics, including development of a schedule of events, equipment and supplies, volunteers and staffing, registration, site layout, and event logistics; Risk management, including safety check, policies and procedures, staff/volunteer orientation, and overall risk management plan; Program evaluation, including summative and formative, process and outcome evaluation. This is a required course for majors in Recreation, Park, and Tourism Management. Students from other majors may enroll in this course, providing they have met the pre-requisites.
Prerequisites: RPTM 101 , RPTM 236 ; fifth-semester standing
Approved Start: 1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 456
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide students with information and practical experience required to successfully design, promote, implement, and evaluate programs and special events. There are several course objectives, including: (a) increasing students’ knowledge of key concepts in program planning and an understanding how they impact programming decisions; (b) increasing students’ knowledge of decision factors involved in analyzing and designing a recreation program or special event; and (c) increasing students’ skills associated with key management functions required to implement a recreational program or special event. Students are required to work in teams to design, promote, implement and evaluate a special event that will benefit participants and the sponsoring agency objectives. The course serves as a capstone course in the RPTM major. Main topics covered in the course include programming concepts, including programmer, program contexts, benefits-based programming, programming approaches, comprehensive programming cycle, and program
formats; management structures, including organization of teams into committee structures with clear roles, responsibilities, and reporting structure; program design, including program concept, program purpose, goals and objectives, and development of themed events; situation analysis, including analysis of internal and external factors/ resources, potential participants’ needs and interests, and program-related research; budget development and sponsorship, including direct fixed and variable costs associated with event, differential pricing, and sponsorship; promotion, including purposes for promotion, types of promotional tools, and development of a promotional plan; Event logistics, including development of a schedule of events, equipment and supplies, volunteers and staffing, registration, site layout, and event logistics; Risk management, including safety check, policies and procedures, staff/volunteer orientation, and overall risk management plan; program evaluation, including summative and formative, process and outcome evaluation. This is a required course for majors in Recreation, Park, and Tourism Management. Students from other majors may enroll in this course, providing they have met the pre-requisites.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: RPTM 236 RPTM 120 5th Semester standing
PROPOSED START: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Information Sciences and Technology

46-01-087 Change Entrance to Major Requirements. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Fall Semester 2018

Information Sciences and Technology

Abington College (ISSAB)
Berks College (ISSBL)
Capital College (ISSCA)
University College: Penn State Beaver, Penn State Brandywine, Penn State Greater Allegheny, Penn State Hazleton, Penn State New Kensington, Penn State Lehigh Valley, Penn State Mont Alto, Penn State Schuylkill, Penn State Wilkes-Barre, Penn State Worthington Scranton, Penn State York (ISSCC)
World Campus

University Park, College of Information Sciences and Technology (ISTBS)

Mary Beth Rosson, Associate Dean for Graduate and Undergraduate Studies, College of IST

Not all options are available at every campus. Contact the campus you are interested in attending to determine which options are offered.

This major is structured to provide students with the theoretical frameworks and skill sets necessary to compete and be productive in the information technology-intensive global context that defines the new “Information Age.” Specifically, the degree will be focused on a program that will build an understanding of core information technologies and related areas of study; will prepare students for the practical application of various information sciences and related technologies; and engage students in sharpening their abilities to think critically and to work in teams. All this will be done with considerable interdisciplinary integration in order to expose students to the cognitive, social, institutional, and global environments of IST. Team projects in most courses, a required internship, and a senior capstone experience provide additional, focused venues for involving students in the cutting-edge issues and technologies of the field.

INFORMATION CONTEXT: PEOPLE, ORGANIZATIONS, AND SOCIETY OPTION: This option focuses on how information technology affects social change and the delivery of information to the consumer. This includes the human-machine interface; organization and retrieval of information; digital libraries; information and telecommunications services; information and media industry structures; software services and intermediaries; telecommunications and information law and policy; sociological aspects of technology change; multimedia; and art, design, and aesthetics.

INFORMATION SYSTEMS: DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT OPTION: This option is focused on expanding the skills needed to develop advanced information technology systems using state-of-the-art tools and techniques. The emphasis is on providing the student with both knowledge in the design, implementation, testing and evolution of complex software systems as well as a set of project-oriented, team-programming experiences.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: INTEGRATION & APPLICATION OPTION: This option is designed to prepare students to use information technology to realize a variety of system-based goals (e.g., reliability, accessibility, efficiency, etc.). It is focused on developing a theoretical foundation and the skill set needed for integrating information technology into different systems for the purpose of enhancing system performance. The emphasis is on providing the student with both the theoretical frameworks needed to use information technology as a system attribute as well as a set of application-oriented experiences and skills.

Entrance Requirements: To be eligible for entrance to the Information Sciences and Technology (ISTBS) major, students must:

  1. have completed the following entrance-to-major requirements with a grade of C or better in each: IST 110(3); IST 140(3) (or equivalent CMPSC 101 GQ(3) or CMPSC 121 GQ(3)), IST 210(3), and IST 220(3).
  2. have achieved a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 prior to and through the end of the semester during which the entrance-to-major procedure is carried out.

The Integrated Undergraduate Graduate (IUG) program is available for strong undergraduate students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s and master’s degree in a shorter period of time than would be necessary if the degrees were pursued separately. Information Sciences and Technology undergraduates may apply for admission to the ISTBS/ISTMS IUG program as early as the end of their sophomore year but no later than the end of their junior year after completing a minimum of 60 credits, if they meet the following admission requirements:

  1. Must be enrolled in the ISTBS undergraduate degree program.
  2. Must have completed 60 credits of an ISTBS undergraduate degree program.
  3. Must apply to the IUG program by the end of their junior year.
  4. Must apply to and be accepted without reservation into the Graduate School and M.S. program in IST. Students must complete the Graduate School application.
  5. Must have an overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
  6. Must present an approved plan of study. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
  7. Must present two letters of recommendation from faculty members. (Note: For Schreyer Honors College students, these can be the same two letters required by the Schreyer Honors College.)
  8. Must meet with both the Director of Undergraduate Academic Affairs and the Graduate Program Coordinator to declare interest and receive information about the IUG program.

For Schreyer Honors College students, students admitted to the IUG program may double-count a maximum of 12 credits toward their graduate and undergraduate degrees in Information Sciences and Technology. Thesis or scholarly paper credits may not double-count.

For the B.S. degree in Information Sciences and Technology, a minimum of 125 credits is required.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of the Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 8 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 84 credits
(This includes 12 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GQ courses; 3 credits of GS courses; and 3 credits of GWS courses.)

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR (ALL OPTIONS): 60 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (26 credits)
IST 110 GS(3)[1], IST 210(3)[1], IST 220(3)[1], IST 230(3)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 3-6)
IST 495(1)[1] (Sem: 3-8)
IST 301(3)[1], IST 331(3)[1] (Sem: 5-8)
IST 440(3)[1] (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (13 credits)
CMPSC 101 GQ(3)[1], CMPSC 121 GQ(3)[1], or IST 140(3)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
ECON 14 GS(3), ECON 102 GS(3), or ECON 104 GS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
ENGL 202C GWS(3) or ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (21 credits)
Attainment of third-level proficiency in a single foreign language (12 credits). Proficiency must be demonstrated by either examination or course work. See the admission section of the general information in this Bulletin for the placement policy for Penn State foreign language courses. (Sem: 1-4)
Select 6 credits of international courses in foreign culture from College-approved list (Sem: 5-8)
Select 3 credits[1] at the 400 level in emerging issues and technologies from College-approved list (Sem: 5-8)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPTION: 24 credits

INFORMATION CONTEXT: PEOPLE, ORGANIZATIONS, AND SOCIETY OPTION: 24 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)[1]
IST 431(3) and IST 432(3) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (6 credits)[1]
IST 240(3) or IST 242(3) (Sem: 1-4)
IST 302(3) or IST 413(3) (Sem: 1-4)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits from College-approved list (at least 3 credits at the 400-level and no more than 6 credits below the 200-level.) (Sem: 5-8)

INFORMATION SYSTEMS: DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT OPTION: 24 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)[1]
IST 242(3) (Sem: 1-4)
IST 311(3) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (9 credits)[1]
Select 3 credits from IST 261(3) or IST 361(3) (Sem: 5-8)
Select 6 credits from IST 411(3), IST 412(3), or IST 413(3) (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (9 credits)
Select 9 credits from College-approved list (at least 3 credits must be at the 400-level.) (Sem: 5-8)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: INTEGRATION & APPLICATION OPTION: 24 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (9 credits)[1]
IST 302(3), IST 420(3), IST 421(3) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (3 credits)[1]
IST 240(3) or IST 242(3) (Sem: 1-4)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits from College-approved list (at least 3 credits at the 400-level and no more than 6 credits below the 200-level.) (Sem: 5-8)

Integrated B.S. in Information Sciences and Technology / M.S. in Information Sciences and Technology

The College of Information Sciences and Technology offers an integrated B.S./M.S. (IUG) program designed to allow academically superior students in the Information Sciences and Technology major to obtain both the bachelor’s in Information Sciences and Technology and M.S. degree in Information Sciences and Technology in a shorter period of time than would be necessary if the degrees were pursued separately. The first two to three years of undergraduate coursework follow the same undergraduate curriculum that other students follow in the Information Sciences & Technology major. Interested students may apply for admission to the IUG program as early as the end of their sophomore year but no later than the end of their junior year after completing a minimum of 60 credits. If admitted to the IUG, the final years of study include two graduate courses, Foundations of Theories and Methods of Information Sciences and Technology Research (IST 504) in the fall and Foundations of Research Design in Information Sciences and Technology (IST 505) in the spring, plus six credits of research methods courses, twelve credits of graduate specialty courses, and six credits of graduate thesis (IST 600) or scholarly paper (IST 594).

(Note: For Schreyer Honors College students, those who complete the graduate thesis for the Master’s requirement may use the graduate thesis, itself, to fulfill the undergraduate honors thesis requirement, as well. Honors students who opt for the Master’s scholarly paper must also complete an undergraduate honors thesis.)

The integrated B.S. in Information Sciences and Technology /M.S. in Information Sciences and Technology (IUG) degree meets the needs of the most academically talented students in the Information Sciences and Technology undergraduate major. A proportion of these successful students wish to pursue graduate studies sometime after graduation. Offering the IUG benefits these students by offering an accelerated path to a graduate degree. Additionally, the IUG program can provide these students with a more cohesive program of study with opportunities to engage in more comprehensive research leading to both the Bachelor’s and Master’s degree.

For the B.S. in Information Sciences & Technology/M.S. in Information Sciences & Technology IUG program, a minimum of 125 credits are required for the bachelor’s degree and 30 credits for the M.S. degree. Students admitted to the IUG program may double-count a maximum of 12 credits to their graduate and undergraduate degrees. The required 6 credits of IST 504 and IST 505 will apply to both the graduate program and the undergraduate program. Students may choose an additional 6 credits to double-count for both the undergraduate and graduate degrees from the following: IST 411, IST 412, IST 413, IST 420, IST 421, IST 431, IST 432. Graduate thesis or scholarly paper credits may not double-count.

The objectives of the Integrated Undergraduate Graduate Program include:

  1. To offer highly qualified students the opportunity to earn two degrees in less time than it would take to do two sequential degrees. In particular, IUG students may count up to 12 credits towards both their B.S. and M.S. degree requirements.
  2. To permit coherent planning of studies through the graduate degree, with advising informed by not only the requirements of the baccalaureate program, but also the longer-range goals of the graduate degree.
  3. To introduce undergraduate students to the rigors of both graduate study and graduate faculty.
  4. To make the resources of the Graduate School available to IUG students.
  5. To allow students with IUG status to benefit from their association with graduate students whose level of work and whose intensity of interest and commitment parallel their own.

Admission Requirements

To initiate the application process, students must submit an Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) Degree in Information Sciences and Technology Form, a transcript, and two letters of recommendation (both from faculty members) to the IST Graduate Programs Office. The Director of Undergraduate Academic Affairs, in consultation with the Graduate Programs Coordinator, will help undergraduate candidates determine a proposed sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program. Acceptance into the IST IUG program will be determined by the Graduate Recruitment Committee.

Information Sciences and Technology undergraduate majors may apply for admission as early as the end of their sophomore year but no later than the end of their junior year after completing a minimum of 60 credits, if they meet the following admission requirements:

  1. Must be enrolled in the ISTBS undergraduate degree program.
  2. Must have completed 60 credits of an ISTBS undergraduate degree program.
  3. Must apply to the IUG program by the end of their junior year.
  4. Must apply to and be accepted without reservation into the Graduate School and M.S. program in IST. Students must complete the Graduate School application.
  5. Must have an overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
  6. Must present an approved plan of study. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
  7. Must present two letters of recommendation from faculty members. (Note: For Schreyer Honors College students, these can be the same two letters required by the Schreyer Honors College.)
  8. Must meet with both the Director of Undergraduate Academic Affairs and the Graduate Program Coordinator to declare interest and receive information about the IUG program.

For Schreyer Honors College students, students must also follow guidelines and procedures for applying for IUG in the Schreyer Honors College:
http://www.shc.psu.edu/students/iug/program/
In addition, applicants must apply to and be admitted to the Graduate School of the Pennsylvania State University at the time of their application to the IUG degree program. These admission standards are high, as it is thought the program will only be appropriate for students with high levels of academic skills. The program area does have discretion in admitting Information Sciences and Technology majors into the integrated program, and extenuating circumstances can always be considered in terms of possible admission. Individuals who are unable to be admitted into the integrated program of study can apply for regular admission to the graduate program when they complete their undergraduate program of study.

Sample Sequence of Graduate Coursework in Addition to Undergraduate Courses

YearFallSpringMS Credits
Year 1 (Senior Undergraduate Year)IST 504: Foundations 3

Methods course (3)**
IST 505: Research Design (3)

Methods course (3)**
30*
Year 2(Super Senior Undergraduate Year)IST 600 or IST 594 Thesis Research (3)

Grad Speciality Course (3)**

Grad Speciality Course (3)**
Methods course (3)**

IST 600 or IST 594 Thesis Research (3)

Grad Speciality Course (3)**

Grad Speciality Course (3)**
**

* Students admitted to the IUG program may double-count a maximum of 12 credits toward their graduate and undergraduate degrees in Information Sciences and Technology. In their senior year, IUG students will take 6 credits of specified graduate work, courses IST 504 and IST 505, and 6 credits of methods courses. These 6 credits of IST 504 and IST 505 will apply to both the graduate program and the undergraduate IST/B.S. support of option requirement. In their super senior year, students may choose an additional 6 credits to double-count for both the undergraduate and graduate degrees. These courses must be at the 400-level or above. Students may choose any 400-level undergraduate option course (IST 411, IST 412, IST 413, IST 420, IST 421, IST 431, IST 432) that they are using to fulfill an undergraduate option requirement and apply the credits to both the undergraduate option requirement and the graduate specialty course requirement. Credits associated with the thesis or culminating scholarly paper, i.e., IST 600 and IST 594, may not be double-counted. However, for Schreyer Honors College students, the Master’s thesis deliverable, itself, may double-count for the undergraduate thesis deliverable requirement.

** Choose graduate level methods course after consultation in advance with the student’s faculty adviser.

*** Choose any 400 or 500 level course that contributes to the student’s chosen area of specialty with a maximum of six credits at the 400 level.

The total resulting credits will be a minimum of 155 credits, with 125 credits completed for the undergraduate IST degree. Twelve graduate credits will be completed in the senior year, and the remaining 18 graduate credits will be completed in the super senior year.

If for any reason a student admitted to the B.S./M.S. program is unable to complete the requirement for the Master of Science degree program in Information Sciences and Technology, the student will be permitted to receive the Bachelor’s degree assuming all degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis by the student’s adviser and Graduate Programs. Students admitted to the integrated program must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of a 3.3 overall and a minimum 3.0 GPA in all courses used toward the M.S. degree in order to maintain good academic standing and meet graduation requirements. (See information on Grade-Point Average in the Graduate Bulletin:http://bulletins.psu.edu/graduate/degreerequirements/masters#) For Schreyer Honors College students in the IUG program, students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.4 overall and a minimum 3.0 GPA in all courses used toward the M.S. degree in order to maintain good academic standing and meet graduation requirements. Successful completion of a Schreyer Scholar’s Master’s thesis will be accepted as completion of the honors thesis requirement.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.
[2] Students in the Information Systems: Design and Development Option are expected to take IST 242 prior to taking the prescribed and additional courses for that option.


46-01-088 Change. Revise Entrance to Major Requirements. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Fall Semester 2018

Security and Risk Analysis

Penn State Altoona (SRAAL)
Penn State Berks (SRABL)
Penn State Harrisburg (SRACA)
University Park, College of Information Sciences and Technology (SRA)
World Campus

Mary Beth Rosson, Associate Dean for Graduate and Undergraduate Studies, College of IST

Not all options are available at every campus. Contact the campus you are interested in attending to determine which options are offered.

The Bachelor of Science in Security and Risk Analysis (SRA) in the College of Information Sciences and Technology is intended to familiarize students with the general frameworks and multidisciplinary theories that define the area of security and related risk analyses. Courses in the major will engage students in the challenges and problems associated with assuring information confidentiality and integrity (e.g., social, economic, technology-related, and policy issues), as well as the strengths and weaknesses of various methods for assessing and mitigating associated risk.

The major provides a grounding in the analysis and modeling efforts used in information search, visualization, and creative problem solving. This knowledge is supplemented through an examination of the legal, ethical, and regulatory issues related to security that includes analyzing privacy laws, internal control and regulatory policies, as well as basic investigative processes and principles. Such understanding is applied to venues that include transnational terrorism, cyber crimes, financial fraud, risk mitigation, and security and crisis management. It also includes overviews of the information technology that plays a critical role in identifying, preventing and responding to security-related events.

Advisory groups from within and outside the University involved in the design of the major have agreed that graduates who can understand the cognitive, social, economic, and policy issues involved in security and risk management as well as the basics of the information technology and analytics that are included in the security/risk arena will be very successful. These observations drove the design and objectives of the SRA major.

SRA majors will choose one of the following options:

INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS AND MODELING OPTION. This option focuses on developing a more thorough knowledge of the strategic and tactical levels of intelligence collection, analysis, and decision-making. This includes examining the foundations of decision analysis, economic theory, statistics, data mining, and knowledge management, as well as the security-specific contexts in which such knowledge is applied.

INFORMATION AND CYBER SECURITY OPTION. This option includes a set of courses that provides an understanding of the theories, skills, and technologies associated with network security, cyber threat defense, information warfare, and critical infrastructure protection across multiple venues.

Entrance Requirements: To be eligible for entrance to the Security and Risk Analysis (SRA) major, students must:

have completed the following entrance-to-major requirements with grades of C or better in each: IST 140(3) (or equivalent CMPSC 101 GQ(3) or CMPSC 121 GQ(3)), IST 210(3), SRA 111(3); and SRA 211(3).

have achieved a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 prior to and through the end of the semester during which the entrance-to-major procedure is carried out.

The Integrated Undergraduate Graduate (IUG) program is available for strong undergraduate students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s and master’s degree in a shorter period of time than would be necessary if the degrees were pursued separately. Security and Risk Analysis undergraduates may apply for admission to the SRABS/ISTMS IUG program as early as the end of their sophomore year but no later than the end of their junior year after completing a minimum of 60 credits, if they meet the following admission requirements:

  1. Must be enrolled in the SRABS undergraduate degree program.
  2. Must have completed 60 credits of an SRABS undergraduate degree program.
  3. Must apply to the IUG program by the end of their junior year.
  4. Must apply to and be accepted without reservation into the Graduate School and M.S. program in IST. Students must complete the Graduate School application.
  5. Must have an overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
  6. Must present an approved plan of study. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
  7. Must present two letters of recommendation from faculty members. (Note: For Schreyer Honors College students, these can be the same two letters required by the Schreyer Honors College.)
  8. Must meet with both the Director of Undergraduate Academic Affairs and the Graduate Program Coordinator to declare interest and receive information about the IUG program.

For Schreyer Honors College students, students admitted to the IUG program may double-count a maximum of 12 credits toward their graduate and undergraduate degrees in Information Sciences and Technology. Thesis or scholarly paper credits may not double-count.

For the B.S. degree in Security and Risk Analysis, a minimum of 120 credits is required.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(21 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of the Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 4 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 92 credits
(This includes 21 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GQ courses; 6 credits of GS courses; 3 credits of GWS courses, 3 credits of GH, and 3 credits of GN courses)

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR (ALL OPTIONS): 71 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (35 credits)
CMPSC 101 GQ(3)[1], SRA 111 GS(3)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
IST 110 GS(3)[1] (Sem: 1-3)
IST 210(3)[1] (Sem: 1-4)
SRA 211(3)[1], SRA 221(3)[1], SRA 231(3)[1] (Sem: 2-4)
STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 3-6)
IST 495(1)[1] (Sem: 3-8)
IST 432(3)[1], SRA 311(3)[1], IST 440(3)[1] (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (15 credits)
AGBM 101 GS(3) or ECON 102 GS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
PLSC 1 GS(3), PLSC 14 GS;IL(3), or GEOG 40 GS;IL(3) (Sem: 1-4)
PSYCH 100 GS(3) or SOC 5 GS(3) (Sem: 1-6)
ENGL 202C GWS(3) or ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 5-8)
SRA 365(3)[1]; STAT 460(3)[1] (Sem: 5-6)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (21 credits)
Attainment of third-level proficiency in a single foreign language (12 credits). Proficiency must be demonstrated by either examination or course work. See the admission section of the general information in this Bulletin for the placement policy for Penn State foreign language courses. (Sem: 1-4)
Select 3 credits of lNatural Sciences (GN) in consultation with adviser (Sem: 1-6)
Select 6 credits of international courses from College-approved list or other courses approved by adviser. (Sem: 5-8)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPTION: 21 credits

INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS AND MODELING OPTION: (21 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (12 credits)[1]
ECON 302 GS(3), SRA 321(3) (Sem: 3-6)
SRA 433(3), SRA 468(3) (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (9 credits)
Select 9 credits from College-approved list (at least 3 credits must be at the 400-level) (Sem: 5-8)

INFORMATION AND CYBER SECURITY OPTION: (21 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (12 credits)[1]
IST 220(3) (Sem: 1-6)
IST 451(3), IST 454(3), IST 456(3) (Sem: 5-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (9 credits)
Select 9 credits from College-approved list (at least 3 credits must be at the 400-level) (Sem: 5-8)

Integrated B.S. in Security and Risk Analysis / M.S. in Information Sciences and Technology

The College of Information Sciences and Technology offers an integrated B.S./M.S. (IUG) program designed to allow academically superior students in the Security and Risk Analysis major to obtain both the Bachelor’s in Security and Risk Analysis and the M.S. degree in Information Sciences and Technology in a shorter period of time than would be necessary if the degrees were pursued separately. The first two to three years of undergraduate coursework follow the same undergraduate curriculum that other students follow in the Security and Risk Analysis major. Interested students may apply for admission to the IUG program as early as the end of their sophomore year but no later than the end of their junior year after completing a minimum of 60 credits. If admitted to the IUG, the final years of study include two graduate courses, Foundations of Theories and Methods of Information Sciences and Technology Research (IST 504) in the fall and Foundations of Research Design in Information Sciences and Technology (IST 505) in the spring, plus six credits of research methods courses, twelve credits of graduate specialty courses, and six credits of graduate thesis (IST 600) or scholarly paper (IST 594).

(Note: For Schreyer Honors College students, those who complete the graduate thesis for the Master’s requirement may use the graduate thesis, itself, to fulfill the undergraduate honors thesis requirement, as well. Honors students who opt for the Master’s scholarly paper must also complete an undergraduate honors thesis.)

The integrated B.S. in Security and Risk Analysis / M.S. in Information Sciences and Technology (IUG) degree meets the needs of the most academically talented students in the Security and Risk Analysis undergraduate major. A proportion of these successful students wish to pursue graduate studies sometime after graduation. Offering the IUG benefits these students by offering an accelerated path to a graduate degree. Additionally, the IUG program can provide these students with a more cohesive program of study with opportunities to engage in more comprehensive research leading to both the bachelor’s and master’s degree.

For the B.S. in Security and Risk Analysis / M.S. in Information Sciences and Technology IUG program, a minimum of 120 credits is required for the bachelor’s degree and 30 credits for the M.S. degree. Students admitted to the IUG program may double-count a maximum of 12 credits to their graduate and undergraduate degrees. The required 6 credits of IST 504 and IST 505 will apply to both the graduate program and the undergraduate program. Students may choose an additional 6 credits to double-count for both the undergraduate and graduate degrees from the following: SRA 433, SRA 468, SRA 471, IST 451, IST 452, IST 454, IST 456. Graduate thesis or scholarly paper credits may not double-count.

The objectives of the Integrated Undergraduate Graduate Program include:

1. To offer highly qualified students the opportunity to earn two degrees in less time than it would take to do two sequential degrees. In particular, IUG students may count up to 12 credits
towards both their B.S. and M.S. degree requirements.
2. To permit coherent planning of studies through the graduate degree, with advising informed by not only the requirements of the baccalaureate program, but also the longer-range goals of the
graduate degree.
3. To introduce undergraduate students to the rigors of both graduate study and graduate faculty.
4. To make the resources of the Graduate School available to IUG students.
5. To allow students with IUG status to benefit from their association with graduate students whose level of work and whose intensity of interest and commitment parallel their own.

Admission Requirements

To initiate the application process, students must submit an Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) Degree in Security and Risk Analysis Form, a transcript, and two letters of recommendation (both from faculty members) to the IST Graduate Programs Office. The Director of Undergraduate Academic Affairs, in consultation with the Graduate Programs Coordinator, will help undergraduate candidates determine a proposed sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program. Acceptance into the IST IUG program will be determined by the Graduate Recruitment Committee.

Security and Risk Analysis undergraduate majors may apply for admission as early as the end of their sophomore year but no later than the end of their junior year after completing a minimum of 60 credits, if they meet the following admission requirements:

1. Must be enrolled in the SRA (BS) undergraduate degree program.
2. Must have completed 60 credits of an SRABS undergraduate degree program.
3. Must apply to the IUG program by the end of their junior year.
4. Must apply to and be accepted without reservation into the Graduate School and M.S. program in IST. Students must complete the Graduate School application.
5. Must have an overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
6. Must present an approved plan of study. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
7. Must present two letters of recommendation from faculty members. (Note: For Schreyer Honors College students, these can be the same two letters required by the Schreyer
Honors College.)
8. Must meet with both the Director of Undergraduate Academic Affairs and the Graduate Program Coordinator to declare interest and receive information about the IUG
program.

For Schreyer Honors College students, students must also follow guidelines and procedures for applying for IUG in the Schreyer Honors College:

http://www.shc.psu.edu/students/iug/program/

In addition, applicants must apply to and be admitted to the Graduate School of the Pennsylvania State University at the time of their application to the IUG degree program.

These admission standards are high, as it is thought the program will only be appropriate for students with high levels of academic skills. The program area does have discretion in admitting Security and Risk Analysis majors into the integrated program, and extenuating circumstances can always be considered in terms of possible admission. Individuals who are unable to be admitted into the integrated program of study can apply for regular admission to the graduate program when they complete their undergraduate program of study.

Sample Sequence of Graduate Coursework in Addition to Undergraduate Courses

YearFallSpringMS Credits
Year 1 (Senior Undergraduate Year)IST 504: Foundations 3

Methods course (3)**
IST 505: Research Design (3)

Methods course (3)**
30*
Year 2(Super Senior Undergraduate Year)IST 600 or IST 594 Thesis Research (3)

Grad Speciality Course (3)**

Grad Speciality Course (3)**
Methods course (3)**

IST 600 or IST 594 Thesis Research (3)

Grad Speciality Course (3)**

Grad Speciality Course (3)**

* Students admitted to the IUG program may double-count a maximum of 12 credits toward their graduate and undergraduate degrees in Information Sciences and Technology In their senior year, IUG students will take 6 credits of specified graduate work, courses IST 504 and IST 505, and 6 credits of methods courses. These 6 credits of IST 504 and IST 505 will apply to both the graduate program and the undergraduate IST/SRA support option requirement. In their super senior year, students may choose an additional 6 credits to double-count for both the undergraduate and graduate degrees. These courses must be at the 400-level or above. Students may choose any 400-level undergraduate Option course (SRA 433, SRA 468, SRA 471, IST 451, IST 452, IST 454, IST 456) that they are using to fulfill an undergraduate option requirement and apply the credits to both the undergraduate option requirement and the graduate specialty course requirement. Credits associated with the thesis or culminating scholarly paper, i.e., IST 600 and IST 594, may not be double-counted. However, for Schreyer Honors College students, the Master’s thesis deliverable, itself, may double-count for the undergraduate thesis deliverable requirement.

** Choose graduate level methods course after consultation in advance with the student’s faculty adviser.

*** Choose any 400 or 500 level course that contributes to the student’s chosen area of specialty with a maximum of six credits at the 400 level.

The total resulting credits will be a minimum of 150 credits, with 120 credits completed for the undergraduate SRA degree. Twelve graduate credits will be completed in the senior year, and the remaining 18 graduate credits will be completed in the super senior year.

If for any reason a student admitted to the B.S./M.S. program is unable to complete the requirement for the Master of Science degree program in Information Sciences and Technology, the student will be permitted to receive the SRA bachelor’s degree assuming all degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Student performance will be monitored on an on-going basis by the student’s adviser and Graduate Programs. Students admitted to the integrated program must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of a 3.3 overall and a minimum 3.0 GPA in all courses used toward the M.S. degree in order to maintain good academic standing and meet graduation requirements. (See information on Grade-Point Average in the Graduate Bulletin: http://bulletins.psu.edu/graduate/degreerequirements/masters#) For SHC students in the IUG program, students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.4 overall and a minimum 3.0 GPA in all courses used toward the M.S. degree in order to maintain good academic standing and meet graduation requirements. Successful completion of a Schreyer Scholar’s Master’s thesis will be accepted as completion of the honors thesis requirement.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-089 DS 200
Title: Introduction to Data Sciences
Abbreviated Title: Intro to Data Sci (3)
Description: Introductory course in data sciences covering the range of topics in the
major.
Prerequisites: IST 210, STAT 200; PLSC 309
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Data Sciences is an introductory survey course appropriate to a wide range of students. The course provides an overview of topics covered in more detail in advanced Data Sciences Courses. The course is multidisciplinary in nature, covering technical subjects such as basic aspects of machine learning, analyzing Big Data and visual analytics, but also examining the managerial aspects of data including data management and decision making, in addition to organizational and societal implications of increasing data collection and processing and their implications for privacy and security.
REMOVE PREREQUISITES
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-090 DS 220
Title: Data Management for Data Sciences
Abbreviated Title: Data Mgmt-Data Sci (3)
Description: Advance relational database and introductory course in issues related to managing
non-relational data sets. DS 220 Data Management for Data Sciences (3) This course has two
components: (1) advancing students’ knowledge on relational database and (2) introducing NoSQL databases. In the first component, the course will review the techniques learned in IST210, strengthen students’ skills in using SQL queries and introduce students about indexing and scalability issue in relational database. While relational database is still frequently used, the
emergence of storage for big data and various types of data has driven a new of class of
non-relational databases commonly referred to NoSQL database. This course will introduce the real-world needs for NoSQL databases and the characteristics that distinguish them from relational database. We will introduce both the concepts of NoSQL databases and how the concepts are implemented in the database systems. We will focus on tree main NoSQL data models: key-value, column family, and document. Students will learn the concepts of these data models and know how to use them in the database systems. We will also introduce the concepts on graph database, hadoop system, and warehousing. Finally, we will present criteria that decision makers should consider when choosing between relationship between relational and non-relational databases and techniques for selecting the NoSQL database that best addresses specific use cases.
Prerequisites: IST 140
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course has two components: (1) advancing students’ knowledge on relational database and (2) introducing NoSQL databases. In the first component, the course will review the techniques learned in IST 210, strengthen students’ skills in using SQL queries and introduce students about indexing and scalability issue in relational database. While relational database is still frequently used, the emergence of storage for big data and various types of data has driven a new of class of non-relational databases commonly referred to NoSQL database. This course will introduce the real-world needs for NoSQL databases and the characteristics that distinguish them from relational database. We will introduce both the concepts of NoSQL databases and how the concepts are implemented in the database systems. We will focus on three main NoSQL data models: key-value, column family, and document. Students will learn the concepts of these data models and know how to use them in the database systems. We will also introduce the concepts on graph database, hadoop system, and warehousing. Finally, we will present criteria that decision makers should consider when choosing between relationship between relational and non-relational databases and techniques for selecting the NoSQL database that best addresses specific use cases.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: CMPSC 121and IST 210
PROPOSED START: USP2019

OLD
46-01-091 DS 300
Title: Privacy and Security for Data Sciences
Abbreviated Title: Privacy and Secur (3)
Description: The course provides students with the knowledge and skills to analyze and implement protection strategies for data privacy and security.
Prerequisites: DS 200
Approved Start: 201718FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an overview on the data privacy and security implications of data analytics projects. Students will learn design principles to enhance privacy and security. The course also imparts knowledge on the processes and tools used to secure data and protect privacy in distributed, large scale data sets. Students will learn about privacy and security management approaches and how economic incentives drive the protection of data. From a design perspective, the course will address how privacy-preserving statistical databases are built, and which cryptographic primitives can be applied to analytics projects to protect data. The material will address how those concepts can be utilized in specific application contexts such as data mining and recommender systems. The course further provides an overview of system security approaches for data protection, and how to provide effective access control. Students will further learn about approaches to verify security objectives with audits and how to respond to identified weaknesses and security compromises. This course complements the systems security perspectives, particularly network topics covered in Security and Risk Analysis courses.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: DS 220
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-092 DS 320
Title: Integration and Fusion
Abbreviated Title: Data Int and Fusion (3)
Description: The course teaches students the concepts and techniques of data integration and
fusion. DS 320 Data Integration and Fusion (3) Increasingly, huge amounts of data can be collected via mobile sensors, human observations and on-line information about virtually any domain such as the environment, health-care data, emerging crisis events, political events, and physical entities such as buildings or structures. Available data may include information from sensors (e.g., signal and image data), human reports (text information), mobile phone data, and online data repositories of both text and collected sensor data. This course focuses on how to integrate and fuse heterogeneous data from heterogeneous sources to develop higher level understandings of entities, activities, and events, leading to situation awareness. This course imparts knowledge and develops skills of data integration and fusion. The goal of the course is to provide background information for students on the acquisition, processing, integration and fusion of data from heterogeneous sources to support decision-making and situation awareness for a variety of applications ranging from environmental monitoring, crisis management, monitoring of complex systems and facilities, medical applications such as community health, and homeland security. The course introduces different types of data such as signals, images and textual information, describes how data are represented (including understanding of the data uncertainty and pedigree), and proceeds to discuss issues related to meta-data generation (e.g., feature-extraction, semantic labeling of signal and image data, and abstraction of textual information. Subsequently, the course describes frameworks for data integration and fusion (including a survey of information fusion frameworks such as the Joint Directors of Laboratories (JDL) data fusion model, Endsley’s model of situation awareness,
and various cognition based models). Processing techniques such as data association and correlation, pattern recognition, state estimation, and identity recognition are introduced. Several common fusion architectures are introduced, describing information integration and fusion at the data level, the feature-vector level, the semantic level, and the decision-level. These architectures and methods are illustrated by application to specific application domain projects. Students will work in teams to develop and document a conceptual design for a selected fusion application. Finally, the course introduces resources related to system design and development and discuss the role of the human analyst and decision maker as an integral part of a data fusion/integration system.
Prerequisites: DS 310
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: DATA INTEGRATION
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Modern data-intensive applications (healthcare, security, public policy, science, commerce, crisis management, education, among others) increasingly call for integration of multiple types of data from disparate sources. This course introduces students to the principles and the practice of data integration, with particular emphasis on relational, knowledge-based, graph-based, and probabilistic methods. Carefully crafted assignments will help enhance the students’ mastery of both the theoretical underpinnings as well as practical aspects of data integration. The students will work in teams to solve representative data integration problems drawn from real-world applications. Upon completion of the course, students should be able design, implement, and evaluate data integration solutions to support data intensive applications.
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: DS 220, STAT 318
CHANGE RECOMMENDED PREPARATION: DS 310
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-093 DS 410
Title: Data Analytics at Scale
Abbreviated Title: Data Analyt Scale (3)
Description: This course introduces models, computing paradigms, and cyberinfrastructures for
storing, processing, analyzing, mining, and linking scale heterogeneous information. DS 410 Data Analytics at Scale (3) This course introduces principles, models, techniques, and
cyberinfrastructures for storing, processing, retrieving, integrating, analyzing, mining, and
linking large scale heterogeneous information involving multiple types (including text and images) across multiple scales over temporal, spatial, and human dimensions. The course consists of four major modules. The first module introduces the cyberinfrastructure for data analytics at scale. Leveraging DS 210’s coverage on data models for data sciences, this module introduces the cyberinfrastructures for data-intensive processing at scale and the associated distributed information storage systems. The second module of the course introduces parallel programming and computing platforms supporting computation-intensive data analytics at scale. The third module addresses techniques and tools for computation modeling from large-scale heterogeneous data including text and images. Building on DS 310, this module also introduces machine learning methods designed for data mining at scale. The fourth module covers methods for addressing three important challenges and opportunities for data analytics at scale: data sparsity, causality analysis, and discovery informatics. The course will include a laboratory component to provide students with hands-on experience in developing data analytics solutions using an existing cyberinfrastructure. The hands-on laboratory component of the course will also enable students to acquire skills and programming experience that they can use in designing and implementing their term project.
Prerequisites: DS 300, DS 310
Approved Start:201617FA

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Programming Models for Big Data
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: PROG MODL BIG DATA
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces modern programming models and related software stacks for performing scalable data analytics and discovery tasks over massive and/or high dimensional datasets. The learning objectives of the course are that the students are able to choose appropriate programming models for a big data application, understand the tradeoff of such choice, and be able to leverage state-of- the art cyber infrastructures to develop scalable data analytics or discovery tasks. Building on data models covered in DS 220, this course will introduce programming models such as MapReduce, data flow supports for modern cluster computing environment, and programming models for large-scale clustering (either a large number of data samples or a large number of dimensions). Using these frameworks and languages, the students will learn to implement data aggregation algorithms, iterative algorithms, and algorithms for generating statistical information from massive and/or high-dimensional data. The realization of these algorithms will enable the students to develop data analytic models for massive datasets.
Recommended Preparation:  DS 310 or CMPSC 448
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: CMPSC 122, DS 220
ADD CROSS-LISTING: CMPSC 410
PROPOSED START: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Intercollege Programs

46-01-094 Change. Add Entrepreneurship as Advocacy Cluster. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Entrepreneurship and Innovation Minor

Intercollege Program (ENTI)
Penn State Abington – Gary Calore (gsc1@psu.edu)
Penn State Berks – Dr. Sadan Kulturel-Konak (sxk70@psu.edu)
University Park – Dr. Anne Hoag (amh13@psu.edu)
University College – Lehigh Valley – Denis Ogden (dto2@psu.edu)

Skills attributed to entrepreneurial behavior and innovative thinking are beneficial for students in most if not all majors, and are critical to career success in established companies and new organizations to address pressing needs around the globe. This interdisciplinary minor uses problem-based learning pedagogy to prepare students to create value and be agents of positive change in their discipline and their careers. The courses develop skills in problem solving, opportunity recognition, self-efficacy, leadership, communications and learning from failure. To meet the students’ broad range of entrepreneurship and innovation interests, core courses (9 credits) establish foundational knowledge, and then students select a concentration cluster aligned to specific contexts such as entrepreneurship in food, technology, art, journalism, or internet. Students who complete the ENTI minor will be better prepared to be innovation leaders in their chosen career path, such as being entrepreneurial in an existing company (intrapreneurship), engaging in a start-up venture full or part-time, finding avenues to leverage their art or craft, or creating alliances to meet social or business needs.

Advising for students in this minor and approval of curriculum exceptions will be available through the Entrepreneurship and Innovation (ENTI) Adviser for each cluster.

Arts Cluster [College of Arts and Architecture]
This specialization prepares students for entrepreneurial action in an arts context. To “entrepreneur” in the arts, one must understand aesthetic value and what drives people to consume aesthetic products. By learning how various arts markets view and consume art, emerging arts entrepreneurs envision “products” with specific markets in mind and craft marketing strategies to communicate aesthetic value to audiences. Upon learning how the non-profit and for-profit arts ecologies operate, students envision and develop their arts career and venture within the context, tying together the aesthetic and cultural value of their art form with the business acumen necessary to launch and sustain an entrepreneurial arts enterprise.

Digital Entrepreneurship and Innovation Cluster [College of Information Sciences and Technology]
This specialization prepares a student to harness digital technologies and digital business models to develop their own concepts into commercial concerns or to contribute to the innovation activities of existing organizations (i.e., intrapreneurship). The IST Digital Entrepreneurship & Innovation cluster focuses on the impact of Information Technology (IT)-driven innovation across multiple industry sectors including for-profit, non-profit and governmental organizations. IT-driven innovation has created new business opportunities for both entrepreneurs and intrapreneurs and is key to increasing efficiencies and expanding the linkage between user-centric products and services. Students who complete this cluster will gain a foundational understanding of emerging information technologies, the components of digital business models, and implementation and design techniques that meet or exceed user-centric requirements.

Entrepreneurship as Advocacy Cluster [College of the Liberal Arts]
This specialization empoWers students to utilize the process of entrepreneurship as a form of advocacy to improve the human condition and enhance public life. The cluster leverages a critique of the business paradigm of “maximize shareholder value” to encourage students to create organizations that can be a force for positive change in society.

Food and Bio-innovation Cluster [College of Agricultural Sciences ]
This specialization will develop future entrepreneurs and innovators to address opportunities and challenges in the agriculture and life sciences space. The cluster focuses on the cornerstone challenge for agriculture: producing food for the world with entrepreneurial activity and innovation to develop, convert and use biological materials and natural resources (plants, animals, ecosystems and organisms, etc.) to meet the material and energy needs of society. Students are encouraged to take a series of courses in the cluster that complement their personal venture interests and engage in a series of immersive venturing experiences that can range from creating new ventures to mentoring with seasoned entrepreneurs or working within entrepreneurial organizations.

Hospitality Management Cluster [College of Health and Human Development]
This specialization prepares a student to create and develop novel but sound entrepreneurial concepts related to the hospitality industry in such businesses as lodging and food service. For example, through this cluster, students could develop and refine entrepreneurial concepts related to hotels, motels, bed & breakfasts, quick-service restaurants, upscale restaurants, mobile dining such as food trucks, on-line travel agencies, and other on-line ventures. The minor is also designed to prepare students to be innovators within existing organizations. Students who complete this cluster develop skills in creating business plans, feasibility studies, competitive analysis, supply and demand analysis, market analysis and financial forecasting. Students in this concentration are expected to include a mix of majors, not only students majoring in hospitality management.

New Media Cluster [College of Communications]
This specialization examines opportunities and challenges in the creation and distribution of news, entertainment and information. The same technological innovations that make it easy to start a media enterprise have introduced a host of editorial and business complexities. Media production and distribution skills and knowledge of media business, technologies, law and ethics are critical.

New Ventures Cluster [Smeal College of Business]
This specialization helps students develop the skills and ways of thinking required to create, develop, innovate and manage entrepreneurial companies. Students learn about acquiring and balancing limited resources, changing business direction quickly, building a coherent team, managing intellectual property, and creating new markets. This cluster develops a wide range of managerial skills not usually demanded in one person within a larger organization.

Social Entrepreneurship Cluster [College of Engineering]
This specialization focuses on creating sustainable social impact within marginalized communities. The cluster grounds students in social business, user-centered design for extreme affordability, systems thinking and scholarly research to develop innovative and appropriate technology-based solutions to address compelling global challenges. Travel and fieldwork in which students work in multidisciplinary teams to research, design, test, and commercialize ventures are required.

Technology Based Entrepreneurship Cluster [College of Engineering]
This specialization develops skills and knowledge through a practical entrepreneurial experience in a technology based environment. Technology and engineering design topics form the practical content of the cluster. General entrepreneurial business topics and tracking current and emerging technologies provide additional foundation structure for this cluster. Students understand and apply fundamental engineering design skills, product feasibility analysis and marketing techniques to move innovative products toward commercialization.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing is given as (Sem:1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18-19 credits, depending on cluster

PRESCRIBED COURSES (9 credits)
MGMT 215(3) (Sem: 1-5)
ENGR 310(3) (Sem: 2-6)
ENGR/IST/MGMT 425(3) (Sem: 4-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (9 credits)
Select 9 or more credits from one of the following clusters.
Students may not use a required course from their major in their chosen cluster. Other courses, such as technical electives, out-of-college electives, and general education courses may be able to be used to meet requirements in major as well as the ENTI Minor. In all clusters, students may substitute up to 3 credits of research topics, internship or independent studies courses focused on relevant entrepreneurship or innovation topics in consultation with an adviser. Each cluster is structured to provide a clear course “path” so any student from any major can complete the cluster and therefore the ENTI minor.

Arts Cluster
Required courses: AA 322(3), AA 323(3), AA 324(1) in sequence or concurrent, and AA 424(3) (Sem: 1-8)

Digital Entrepreneurship and Innovation Cluster
Required courses: IST 237(3), IST 337(3), and IST 437(3). (IST 237 is prerequisite for IST 437) (Sem:1-8)

Entrepreneurship as Advocacy Cluster Required Courses
Required Courses: LA 202(3), LA 403(3), LA 424(3) in sequence, LA 403 and LA 424 can be concurrent (Sem: 1-8)

Food and Bio-innovation Cluster
Select up to 6 credits of the following 200-300 courses in the College of Agricultural Sciences: ASM 391(2), ASM 392(2), AEE 201(3), AGBM 200(3), AGBM 220(3), AGBM 302(3), AGBM 308(3), AGBM 338(3), ANSC 207(2), ANSC 306(3), ANSC 308(4), ANSC 309(4), ANSC 310(3), ANSC 311(3), ANSC 324(3), ANSC 327(3), ANSC 350(2), CED 375(3), ERM 300(3), FDSC 200(3), FDSC 206(3), FOR 201(3), HORT 250(3) (Sem:1-8)
Select at least 3 credits of the following 400 level courses in the College of Agricultural Sciences: AGBM 407(3), AGBM 408(3), AGBM 440(3), AGBM 460(3), ANSC 410(4), ANSC 429(3), ANSC 450(3), CED 417(3), ERM 411(3), ERM 412(3), ERM 413(3), FDSC 411(2), FDSC 417(2), FDSC 430(3), FOR 440(3), HORT 410(3), HORT 450(3), HORT 453(3), HORT 455(3), RSOC 452(3), TURF 436(3), WP 416(3) (Sem:1-8)

Hospitality Management Cluster
Select 3 credits from HM 482(3) or HM 484(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6 credits from the following: HM 413(3), HM 432(3), HM 483(3), HM 496(3) (Sem:1-8)

New Media Cluster
Select 9 credits from the following area. The course marked with * must be selected. COMM 271(3)*, COMM 461(3), COMM 481(3), COMM 483(3), COMM 484(3), COMM 490(3), COMM 491(3), COMM 492(3), COMM 493(3) (Sem:1-8)

New Ventures Cluster
Select 9-10 credits from the following area. (students may only count one of the following course options BA 241 and BA 242; BA 243, BLAW 243, or BLAW 341 towards the minor): BA 250(3), BA 241(2) and BA 242(2), BA 243(4), BLAW 243(3), BLAW 341(3), MGMT 420(3), MGMT 426(3), MGMT 427(3) (Sem:1-8)

Social Entrepreneurship Cluster
Required courses to be taken in the following order: ENGR 451(3), EDSGN 452(2) and EDSGN 453(1) concurrent, EDSGN 454(0.5), and ENGR 455(3) (Sem:1-8)

Technology Based Entrepreneurship Cluster
Required courses: ENGR 411(3), ENGR 407(3) in sequence or concurrent, and ENGR 415(3) (Sem:1-8)

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-095 NAVSC 204
Title: Leadership and Management
Abbreviated Title: Ldrshp and Mgmt I (3)
Description: Managerial thought and behavioral theories, with emphasis on how they apply to the naval organization. NAVSC 204 Leadership and Management (3) The curriculum for Leadership and Management provides the basis for the development of effective leadership and managerial competence. Underscoring interactive learning and designed to be taught by experienced, commissioned officers of the U.S. Navy and Marine Corps in order to provide Fleet-based examples, this course examines fundamental tenets of leadership and management in the context of the theories and principles of individual and group leadership with emphasis on how they apply to naval forces. Topics include self-leadership, self-management and team leadership while students refine and further develop their understanding of personal strengths, values and growth opportunities in the context of team,
group and organizational leadership, as well as through the creation of a leadership vision and
professional development plan. Students will develop knowledge, abilities and skills that will
assist them as future officers to successfully operate in the context of complex military
environments around the globe.
Approved Start: 0-1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 103
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Managerial thought and behavioral theories, with emphasis on how they apply to the naval organization. NAVSC 103 Leadership and Management (3) The curriculum for Leadership and Management provides the basis for the development of effective leadership and managerial competence. Underscoring interactive learning and designed to be taught by experienced, commissioned officers of the U.S. Navy and Marine Corps in order to provide Fleet-based examples, this course examines fundamental tenets of leadership and management in the context of the theories and principles of individual and group leadership with emphasis on how they apply to naval forces. Topics include self-leadership, self-management and team leadership while students refine and further develop their understanding of personal strengths, values and growth opportunities in the context of team,
group and organizational leadership, as well as through the creation of a leadership vision and
professional development plan. Students will develop knowledge, abilities and skills that will
assist them as future officers to successfully operate in the context of complex military
environments around the globe
PROPOSED START: FA2018

OLD
46-01-096 NAVSC 102
Title: Sea Power and Maritime Affairs
Abbreviated Title: Sea Power (3)
Description: Historical evolution of sea power and its effects on world history; current U.S.
maritime strategy for employment of naval forces. NAVSC 102 Sea Power and Maritime Affairs (3) The curriculum for Sea Power and Maritime Affairs provides a U.S. Naval history survey emphasizing major developments in strategy, tactics, technology and the effects of political climate thereon. Primary topics include: significant naval engagements and milestones, prominent leaders and their contributions, the role of sea power in national policy and diplomacy in both peacetime and war through the present day. The course also studies Mahan’s naval strategy along with the effects of maritime policy on global stability and the importance of Joint Warfare and power projection.
Approved Start: 0-1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 201
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Historical evolution of sea power and its effects on world history; current U.S. maritime strategy for employment of naval forces. NAVSC 201 Sea Power and Maritime Affairs (3) The curriculum for Sea Power and Maritime Affairs provides a U.S. Naval history survey emphasizing major developments in strategy, tactics, technology and the effects of political climate thereon. Primary topics include: significant naval engagements and milestones, prominent leaders and their contributions, the role of sea power in national policy and diplomacy in both peacetime and war through the present day. The course also studies Mahan’s naval strategy along with the effects of maritime policy on global stability and the importance of Joint Warfare and power projection.
PROPOSED START: FA2018

OLD
46-01-097 NAVSC 322
Title: Naval Ships Systems I–Naval Engineering
Abbreviated Title: Nav Sys I–Engr
Description: Principles and applications of engineering concepts to ship construction, stability,
and propulsion and auxiliary systems. NAVSC 322 Naval Ships Systems I-Naval Engineering (3) The Naval Ships Systems I: Naval Engineering curriculum educates students on the construction and operation of naval ships, submarines, and aircraft exploring and discussing principles and
applications of engineering concepts with regards to construction, stability, propulsion
and auxiliary systems. Taught by an experienced naval officer, this course is designed to
assist in the professional development of future leaders in the U.S. Navy. A background in calculus and physics is recommended as the student will perform various assignments in thermodynamics, fluid dynamics and nuclear fundamentals. Emphasis on theory-to-practice will be demonstrated throughout the curriculum and students will receive live demonstrations of engineering examples.

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 202
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Principles and applications of engineering concepts to ship construction, stability, and propulsion and auxiliary systems. NAVSC 202 Naval Ships Systems I-Naval Engineering (3) The Naval Ships Systems I: Naval Engineering curriculum educates students on the construction and operation of naval ships, submarines, and aircraft exploring and discussing principles and applications of engineering concepts with regards to construction, stability, propulsion and auxiliary systems. Taught by an experienced naval officer, this course is designed to assist in the professional development of future leaders in the U.S. Navy. A background in calculus and physics is recommended as the student will perform various assignments in thermodynamics, fluid dynamics and nuclear fundamentals. Emphasis on theory-to-practice will be demonstrated throughout the curriculum and students will receive live demonstrations of engineering examples.
PROPOSED START: FA2018

OLD
46-01-098 NAVSC 323
Title: Naval Ships Systems II–Weapons
Abbreviated Title: Nav Sys II–Weapon (3)
Description: An analysis of electromagnetic wave theory, principles of underwater sound
propagation, electro-optic theory, and weapons control systems. NAVSC 323 Naval Ships Systems II-Weapons (3) A continuation of Naval Ships Systems I: Naval Engineering, Naval Ships Systems II: Weapons educates students on the employment and basic operation of military weaponry and fire control technology. An analysis of electromagnetic wave theory, principles of underwater sound propagation, electro-optic theory and weapons control systems establishes the student’s basic understanding and prepares them for a future career as a naval officer. Students will routinely participate in small group discussions over practical application of weapon technology and trends in future design. The course will culminate with a final project of the student’s choosing over a germane topic.
Prerequisites: NAVSC 322
Approved Start: 0-1999SP No associated courses were listed

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 301
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: An analysis of electromagnetic wave theory, principles of underwater sound propagation, electro-optic theory, and weapons control systems. NAVSC 301 Naval Ships Systems II-Weapons (3) A continuation of Naval Ships Systems I: Naval Engineering, Naval Ships Systems II: Weapons educates students on the employment and basic operation of military weaponry and fire control technology. An analysis of electromagnetic wave theory, principles of underwater sound propagation, electro-optic theory and weapons control systems establishes the student’s basic understanding and prepares them for a future career as a naval officer. Students will routinely participate in small group discussions over practical application of weapon technology and trends in future design. The course will culminate with a final project of the student’s choosing over a germane topic.
CHANGE PREREQUISITE: NAVSC 202
PROPOSED START: FA2018

OLD
46-01-099 NAVSC 205
Title: Navigation
Abbreviated Title: Navigation (3)
Description: Theory and principles of all types of piloting and navigation, including a practicum
emphasizing correct documentation and plotting. NAVSC 205 Navigation (3) The curriculum for
Navigation provides the basis for maritime focused ship piloting. Designed to be taught by a
commissioned officer in the U.S. Navy with a Surface Warfare background, the course focuses on the theory and principles of various types of piloting and navigation while employing numerous practical exercises and case studies to aid learning. Primary topics of study include: Precision visual and electronic piloting, tides and currents, maneuvering boards and relative motion theory, international piloting laws and best practices.
Approved Start: 0-1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 302
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Theory and principles of all types of piloting and navigation, including a practicum emphasizing correct documentation and plotting. NAVSC 302 Navigation (3) The curriculum for Navigation provides the basis for maritime focused ship piloting. Designed to be taught by a commissioned officer in the U.S. Navy with a Surface Warfare background, the course focuses on the theory and principles of various types of piloting and navigation while employing numerous practical exercises and case studies to aid learning. Primary topics of study include: Precision visual and electronic piloting, tides and currents, maneuvering boards and relative motion theory, international piloting laws and best practices.
PROPOSED START: FA2018

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Liberal Arts

 

46-01-100 Change. Remove HIST 174, 175, 176, and RLST 3 from Additional Courses. Add ASIA 3, 101, 102, 103, 104 and 197 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Asian Studies Minor

Abington, C. Pierce Salguero (cps14@psu.edu)
University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (ASIA)

This is an interdisciplinary minor designed for students with special interests in the Asian area. In addition to the requirements of the student’s major department, the minor consists of 21 credits selected from such disciplines as anthropology, art history, economics, geography, history, linguistics, literature, philosophy, political science, religious studies, speech, theatre arts, and appropriate Asian languages.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 21 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (3 credits)
ASIA 100 GH;IL(3) (Sem: 1-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (3 credits)
Select 3 credits from: ASIA 3 GH;US;IL(3); ASIA 101 GH;GS;IL(3); ASIA 102 GH;IL(3); ASIA 103 GH;US;IL(3); ASIA 104 GH;US;IL(3); ASIA 197(1-9) (Sem: 1-4)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (15 credits)
Select 15 credits from a departmental list, at least 6 at the 400 level; independent study credits selected in consultation with adviser; additional further credits in language studies may be permitted up to 6 credits. (Sem: 1-8)

Courses not on the list that deal substantially with some aspect of Asia in any discipline may also count, pending approval of an adviser.


46-01-101 Change. Add HINDI 110 and KOR 110 to Additional Courses. Remove HIST 174, 175, and 176 from Additional Courses. Add ASIA 3, 101, 102, 103, 104, and 197 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Asian Studies

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (ASIA)

PROFESSOR ON-CHO NG, Department Head, Asian Studies

This is an interdisciplinary major, with a strong disciplinary core, for students who want a basic understanding of the background and contemporary aspect of East, Southeast, or South Asia. Students are expected to focus their coursework largely on one major Asian area.

For the B.A. degree in Asian Studies, a minimum of 124 credits is required.

Per Senate Policy 83-80.5, the college dean or campus chancellor and program faculty may require up to 24 credits of course work in the major to be taken at the location or in the college or program where the degree is earned. For more information, check the Recommended Academic Plan for your intended program.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 24 credits

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 24 credits
(3 of these 24 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR, GENERAL EDUCATION, or ELECTIVES and 0-12 credits are included in ELECTIVES if foreign language proficiency is demonstrated by examination.)
(See description of Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements in this bulletin.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 31 credits[1]

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)
ASIA 100 GH;IL(3) (Sem: 1-4)
ASIA 405Y IL(3) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (7 credits)
Select 4 credits beyond the 12-credit level of proficiency in an Asian language:
CHNS 110(4), HINDI 110(4); JAPNS 110 IL(4); KOR 110(4) or the equivalent (Sem: 3-6)

Select 3 credits from the following: ASIA 3 GH;US;IL(3); ASIA 101 GH;GS;IL(3); ASIA 102 GH;IL(3); ASIA 103 GH;US;IL(3); ASIA 104 GH;US;IL(3); ASIA 197 (1-9) (Sem: 1-4)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (18 credits)

Select 18 credits from a department list with at least 12 credits of which are to be at the 400-level; independent study credits selected in consultation with adviser; additional further credits in language studies may be permitted up to 6 credits (credit received for a specific course will not count in more thant one category) (Sem: 1-8)

Courses not on the list that deal substantially with some aspect of Asia in any discipline may also count, pending approval of an adviser.

Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) Degree Program B.A. in Asian Studies and Master of International Affairs (M.I.A.)

The integrated undergraduate-graduate (IUG) degree program (B.A. in Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese/M.I.A. in International Affairs) provides an opportunity for strong students in these majors to complete a master’s degree with 5 total years of study.

An increasingly globalized economy is likely to escalate the demand for graduate training in international affairs. The career choices for graduates with this training will also expand sharply.

The integrated degree program prepares students for a variety of careers requiring an interdisciplinary background in Asian Studies or Asian languages and international affairs. Examples of types of entities hiring in these areas are federal, state, and local governments, international organizations, multinational corporations, international banking and financial institutions, media organizations and journalism, consulting firms, policy research centers, and development assistance programs and foundations. The School of International Affairs (SIA) Master of International Affairs (M.I.A.) represents a professional degree designed to prepare students to thrive in these increasingly global career paths.

Admission Requirements

Admission requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the GENERAL INFORMATION section of the Graduate Bulletin.

The number of openings in the integrated B.A./M.I.A. program is limited. Admission will be selective based on specific criteria set by the School of International Affairs. Students shall be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree, as specified in the proposed IUG plan of study. Students must be admitted to the program prior to taking the first course they intend to count towards the graduate degree. Specific requirements:

  1. Must be enrolled in the Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese B.A. program.
  2. Must apply to and be accepted into The Graduate School and the M.I.A. program in the School of International Affairs. Students must complete the Graduate School application. All applicants will submit GRE scores, two letters of recommendation, and a personal statement addressing their reasons for pursuing a graduate degree in international affairs and discussing their plans and goals.
  3. Although the program has no fixed minimum grade point average, an applicant is generally expected to have a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
  4. Must include a plan of study identifying undergraduate credits to be applied to the M.I.A. degree elective requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
  5. Must provide written endorsement from the head of Asian Studies.

M.I.A. Requirements for the Integrated B.A./M.I.A.

Requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the DEGREE REQUIREMENTS section of the Graduate Bulletin.

M.I.A. portion of the integrated B.A./M.I.A. will require the completion of a minimum of 42 graduate credits, at least 18 of which are from six core courses consisting of INTAF 801(3), 802(3), 803(3), 804(3), 805(3) and INTAF 590(3). The remaining credits are attained through completion of the approved elective courses. A minimum of 6 credits must be at the 500-level.

In addition to the core curriculum and elective courses, M.I.A. degree candidates must complete either: (i) a master’s paper; or (ii) a supervised internship placement. If the first option is chosen and the candidate opts to complete a paper, he/she must complete 3 credits of INTAF 594. The master’s paper will involve integrating and showing mastery of the subject matter of the student’s curricular emphasis, and may also involve original research. If the second option is chosen, the candidate will complete 3 credits of INTAF 595. The student will participate in a supervised internship of sufficient depth and professionalism that will allow the student to experience the integration of his/her curricular studies in an actual professional environment. A reflective paper will be submitted as a part of this credit requirement.

In order to graduate, M.I.A. degree students also will need to demonstrate proficiency in a language other than English. Proficiency will be defined as follows: (i) four semesters of a Penn State language sequence or its equivalent (15 credits with a quality grade of B or better using a 4.0 scale); (ii) native acquisition, as shown by the candidate’s personal history and approved by the SIA faculty; or (iii) performance on a proficiency evaluation sufficient to equal four semesters of language learning: for this purpose, either Penn State’s proficiency certification process or another pre-approved proficiency assessment may be used. Language study does not provide credits towards the M.I.A. degree.

If students accepted into the IUG program are unable to complete the M.I.A. degree, they are still eligible to receive their undergraduate degree if all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfied.

M.I.A. Degree

Core Courses (18)

INTAF 801(3), INTAF 902(3), INTAF 803(3), INTAF 804(3), INTAF805(3),
INTAF 590(3)

Electives (21)

Course choices are from a pre-approved list in the SIA, or by SIA faculty-approved substitution.

Capstone (3)

Master's Paper (INTAF 594) or Internship (INTAF 595)
Integrated B.A./M.I.A. Degree

Core Courses (18)

INTAF 801(3), INTAF 802(3), INTAF 803(3), INTAF 804(3), INTAF 805(3), INTAF 590(3)

Electives (21)

A maxmimum of 12 credits may be double counted toward the B.A. and the M.I.A. Courses that may be double-counted include: ASIA 463, ASIA 465, ASIA 469, ASIA 475, ASIA 476, ASIA 481, ASIA 486, ASIA 489, ASIA 493, ASIA 501, ASIA 502, and ASIA 577.

Capstone (3)

Master's Paper (INTAF 594) or Internship (INTAF 595)

Courses that may be double-counted include: ASIA 463, ASIA 465, ASIA 469, ASIA 475, ASIA 476, ASIA 481, ASIA 486, ASIA 489, ASIA 493, ASIA 501, ASIA 502, and ASIA 577. No more than 6 of the double-counted credits may be at the 400-level. The graduate thesis or other graduate culminating/capstone experience (including any associated credits and/or deliverables) may not be double counted towards any other degree.

Tuition Charges, Grant-in-Aid, and Assistantships

Students admitted to the School of International Affairs through the IUG with a B.A. in Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese may be considered to receive financial assistance. Students on graduate assistantships must adhere to the course load limits set forth in the Graduate Bulletin.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-102 Change. Change Additional Courses section from CHNS 420-429 level to 414-423 level. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

Chinese

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (CHNS)

PROFESSOR ON-CHO NG, Department Head, Asian Studies

Currently more than a billion people speak Chinese, making it one of the most widely spoken languages in the world. As a rising superpower with an increasingly global impact, China is a major international presence. The major in Chinese is designed to develop skills in speaking, understanding, reading, and writing Chinese, as well as to promote an understanding of the diverse literatures, cultures, and traditions of the Chinese-speaking world, ranging from China itself to Chinese-speaking America. The major can help students prepare for professional careers in which knowledge of Chinese, especially Mandarin, is useful. Students are strongly encouraged to study abroad.

Students planning to teach in public schools should schedule the appropriate courses leading to certification in consultation with an adviser in the College of Education.

For the B.A. degree in Chinese, a minimum of 124 credits is required.

Per Senate Policy 83-80.5, the college dean or campus chancellor and program faculty may require up to 24 credits of course work in the major to be taken at the location or in the college or program where the degree is earned. For more information, check the Recommended Academic Plan for your intended program.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(0-9 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 20-28 credits

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 24 credits
(3 of these 24 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR, GENERAL EDUCATION, or ELECTIVES and 0-12 credits are included in ELECTIVES if foreign language proficiency is demonstrated by examination.)
(See description of Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements in front of Bulletin.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 35 credits[1]
(This includes 0-9 credits of General Education GA, GH, or GS courses.)
(At least 21 credits must be at the 400 level.)
(Students are strongly encouraged to take at least 12 of their credits as part of a study abroad program in a Chinese-speaking location. For curricular sequencing, the program encourages students to pursue this Education Abroad experience in the summer or fall semester of the junior year.

PRESCRIBED COURSES (20 credits)
CHNS 110 IL(4) (Sem: 3-4)
CHNS 401 IL(4), CHNS 402 IL(4) (Sem: 5-6)
CHNS 403(4), CHNS 404 IL(4) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (9 credits)
Select 3 credits from CHNS 120 GH;IL(3) or CHNS 121 GH;IL(3) (Sem: 1-6)
Select 3 credits from the CHNS 414-423 level (3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 3 credits from the CHNS 450-459 level (3) (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (6 credits)
Select 6 credits pertaining to China, such as courses in art history, Asian studies, comparative literature, economics, geography, history, philosophy, political science, religious studies, theatre arts, or other fields, selected from departmental list. (Sem: 1-8)

Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) Degree Program B.A. in Chinese and Master of International Affairs (M.I.A.)

The integrated undergraduate-graduate (IUG) degree program (B.A. in Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese/M.I.A. in International Affairs) provides an opportunity for strong students in these majors to complete a master’s degree with 5 total years of study.

An increasingly globalized economy is likely to escalate the demand for graduate training in international affairs. The career choices for graduates with this training will also expand sharply.

The integrated degree program prepares students for a variety of careers requiring an interdisciplinary background in Asian Studies or Asian languages and international affairs. Examples of types of entities hiring in these areas are federal, state, and local governments, international organizations, multinational corporations, international banking and financial institutions, media organizations and journalism, consulting firms, policy research centers, and development assistance programs and foundations. The School of International Affairs (SIA) Master of International Affairs (M.I.A.) represents a professional degree designed to prepare students to thrive in these increasingly global career paths.

Admission Requirements

Admission requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the GENERAL INFORMATION section of the Graduate Bulletin.

The number of openings in the integrated B.A./M.I.A. program is limited. Admission will be selective based on specific criteria set by the School of International Affairs. Students shall be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree, as specified in the proposed IUG plan of study. Students must be admitted to the program prior to taking the first course they intend to count towards the graduate degree. Specific requirements:

  1. Must be enrolled in the Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese B.A. program.
  2. Must apply to and be accepted into The Graduate School and the M.I.A. program in the School of International Affairs. Students must complete the Graduate School application. All applicants will submit GRE scores, two letters of recommendation, and a personal statement addressing their reasons for pursuing a graduate degree in international affairs and discussing their plans and goals.
  3. Although the program has no fixed minimum grade point average, an applicant is generally expected to have a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
  4. Must include a plan of study identifying undergraduate credits to be applied to the M.I.A. degree elective requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
  5. Must provide written endorsement from the head of Asian Studies.

M.I.A. Requirements for the Integrated B.A./M.I.A.

Requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the DEGREE REQUIREMENTS section of the Graduate Bulletin.

M.I.A. portion of the integrated B.A./M.I.A. will require the completion of a minimum of 42 graduate credits, at least 18 of which are from six core courses consisting of INTAF 801(3), 802(3), 803(3), 804(3), 805(3) and INTAF 590(3). The remaining credits are attained through completion of the approved elective courses. A minimum of 6 credits must be at the 500-level.

In addition to the core curriculum and elective courses, M.I.A. degree candidates must complete either: (i) a master’s paper; or (ii) a supervised internship placement. If the first option is chosen and the candidate opts to complete a paper, he/she must complete 3 credits of INTAF 594. The master’s paper will involve integrating and showing mastery of the subject matter of the student’s curricular emphasis, and may also involve original research. If the second option is chosen, the candidate will complete 3 credits of INTAF 595. The student will participate in a supervised internship of sufficient depth and professionalism that will allow the student to experience the integration of his/her curricular studies in an actual professional environment. A reflective paper will be submitted as a part of this credit requirement.

In order to graduate, M.I.A. degree students also will need to demonstrate proficiency in a language other than English. Proficiency will be defined as follows: (i) four semesters of a Penn State language sequence or its equivalent (15 credits with a quality grade of B or better using a 4.0 scale); (ii) native acquisition, as shown by the candidate’s personal history and approved by the SIA faculty; or (iii) performance on a proficiency evaluation sufficient to equal four semesters of language learning: for this purpose, either Penn State’s proficiency certification process or another pre-approved proficiency assessment may be used. Language study does not provide credits towards the M.I.A. degree.

If students accepted into the IUG program are unable to complete the M.I.A. degree, they are still eligible to receive their undergraduate degree if all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfied.

M.I.A. Degree

Core Courses (18)

INTAF 801(3), INTAF 902(3), INTAF 803(3), INTAF 804(3), INTAF805(3),
INTAF 590(3)

Electives (21)

Course choices are from a pre-approved list in the SIA, or by SIA faculty-approved substitution.

Capstone (3)

Master's Paper (INTAF 594) or Internship (INTAF 595)
Integrated B.A./M.I.A. Degree

Core Courses (18)

INTAF 801(3), INTAF 802(3), INTAF 803(3), INTAF 804(3), INTAF 805(3), INTAF 590(3)

Electives (21)

A maxmimum of 12 credits may be double counted toward the B.A. and the M.I.A. Courses that may be double-counted include: ASIA 463, ASIA 465, ASIA 469, ASIA 475, ASIA 476, ASIA 481, ASIA 486, ASIA 489, ASIA 493, ASIA 501, ASIA 502, and ASIA 577.

Capstone (3)

Master's Paper (INTAF 594) or Internship (INTAF 595)

Courses that may be double-counted include: ASIA 463, ASIA 465, ASIA 469, ASIA 475, ASIA 476, ASIA 481, ASIA 486, ASIA 489, ASIA 493, ASIA 501, ASIA 502, and ASIA 577. No more than 6 of the double-counted credits may be at the 400-level. The graduate thesis or other graduate culminating/capstone experience (including any associated credits and/or deliverables) may not be double counted towards any other degree.

Tuition Charges, Grant-in-Aid, and Assistantships

Students admitted to the School of International Affairs through the IUG with a B.A. in Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese may be considered to receive financial assistance. Students on graduate assistantships must adhere to the course load limits set forth in the Graduate Bulletin.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-103 Change. Remove CHNS 296, 297, 421, 422, 423, 424, and 426 from Additional Courses. Add CHNS 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419 and ASIA 499 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Chinese Language Minor

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (CHNS)

The Chinese Language minor is intended to provide students with a good working knowledge of the Chinese language, taught in a context that emphasizes the characteristics and diversity of Chinese culture and society. Students undertake three years of language study (or equivalent); education abroad can be included.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18-20 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES: (8 credits)
CHNS 2(4), CHNS 3(4) (Sem: 1-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES: (10-12 credits)
Select 4 credits from CHNS 110 IL(4) or CHNS 299 IL(1-12) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6-8 credits from CHNS 401 IL(4), CHNS 402 IL(4), CHNS 403(4), CHNS 404(4), CHNS 410 IL(3), CHNS 411 IL(3), CHNS 414(3); CHNS 415(3); CHNS 416(3); CHNS 417(3); CHNS 418(3); CHNS 419(3); CHNS 452 IL(3), CHNS 453 IL(3), CHNS 454 IL(3), CHNS 455 IL(3), CHNS 496(1-18), CHNS 497(1-9); ASIA 499 IL(1-12); CHNS 499 IL(1-12) (Sem: 5-8)


46-01-104 Change. Increase Requirements for the Major from 34 to 40 credits. Add CRIM 249 to Prescribed Courses. Add AA 100, 101, AMST 105, 432, ANTH 146, CAS 271, 455, 471, CMLIT 101, CRIM 451, 453, ENGL 135, 139, 462, HIST 154, PHIL 9, PSYCH 432, SOC 103, 119, 409, 419, 429, WMNST 1, 104, and 136 to Additonal Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Criminology

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (CRMBA)

PROFESSOR JOHN ICELAND, Head, Department of Sociology, and Crime, Law, and Justice

(The Bachelor of Arts degree in Criminology is offered by the Criminology Program in the Department of Sociology.)

This major provides students with a broadly based liberal education focused on the understanding and analysis of crime and justice systems. Students obtain a foundation of knowledge of the basic components of the criminal justice and legal systems as well as abilities to solve problems, think and read critically, and write effectively within the context of criminal justice and criminological research and theory.

The B.A. degree is suitable for students seeking entry-level positions in the criminal justice system and for students interested in graduate and law school. Students interested in acquiring strong quantitative skills should consider the B.S. degree.

For the B.A. degree in Criminology, a minimum of 121 credits is required.

Per Senate Policy 83-80.5, the college dean or campus chancellor and program faculty may require up to 24 credits of course work in the major to be taken at the location or in the college or program where the degree is earned. For more information, check the Recommended Academic Plan for your intended program.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(4 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 16 credits

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 24 credits
(See description of Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements in this bulletin.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 40 credits[1]
(This includes 4 credits of General Education GQ courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (16 credits)
CRIM 100 GS(3)/CRIMJ 100 GS(3), CRIM 12 GS(3)/CRIMJ 12 GS(3)/SOC 12 GS(3) (Sem: 1-4)
CRIM 249(3), STAT 200 GQ(4), CRIM 250(3) (Sem: 1-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (24 credits)
Select 3 credits from: CAS 283(3), CMPSC 100(3), CMPSC 101 GQ(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 3 credits from: SOC 1 GS(3), SOC 3 GS(3), or SOC 5 GS(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6 credits from the core courses: CRIM 430(3), CRIM 432(3), CRIM 435(3), CRIM 451 US(3), CRIM 453 US(3), CRIM 467(3), CRIM 490(3) (Sem: 5-8)
Select 6 credits from non-core CRIM/CRIMJ courses at the 400 level (Sem: 5-8): (including no more than 3 credits of LA 496, CRIM 494, or CRIM 499)
Select 6 credits in race, ethnicity and gender: AA 100 GA;IL(3); AA 101 US(3); AMST 105 GH;US(3); AMST 432(3); ANTH 146 GS;US(3); CAS 271 US;IL(3); CAS 455 US(3); CAS 471 US;IL(3); CMLIT 101 GH;US;IL(3); CRIM 451 US(3); CRIM 453 US(3); ENGL 135 GH;US(3); ENGL 139 GH;US(3); ENGL 462 US(3); HIST 154 GH;US(3); PHIL 9 GH;US(3); PSYCH 432 US(3); SOC 103 US(3); SOC 119 GS;US(4); SOC 409 US(3); SOC 419 US(3); SOC 429(3); WMNST 1 GS;US;IL(3); WMNST 104 GH;US(3); WMNST 136 US(3) (Sem: 1-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-105 Change. Add CRIM 249 to Prescribed Courses. Remove CRIM 406, 407, 413, 414, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 441, and 453 from Additional Courses. Add LA 495, CRIM 494 and 499 to Additional Courses. Remove FIN 100, MGMT 100, and MKTG 221 from Additional Courses in the Business/Public Administration Option. Add BA 301, BA 303 and 304 to Additional Courses in the Business/Public Administration Option. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Criminology

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (CRMBS)

PROFESSOR JOHN ICELAND, Head, Department of Sociology, and Crime, Law, and Justice

Not all options are available at every campus. Contact the campus you are interested in attending to determine which options are offered.

This major provides the opportunity to develop a stronger foundation in research methods, quantification, and the sciences. It prepares students with relevant aptitudes for pursuing further studies or finding employment where such knowledge is advantageous. Students contemplating futures in social science research, business, forensics, public service, and paralegal positions should consider this degree or some of its recommended courses.

Either the B.A. or B.S. degree is suitable for students seeking entry level positions in the criminal justice system and for students interested in graduate and law school. Students interested in acquiring strong quantitative skills should consider the B.S. degree.

For the B.S. degree in Criminology, a minimum of 121 credits is required.

Per Senate Policy 83-80.5, the college dean or campus chancellor and program faculty may require up to 24 credits of course work in the major to be taken at the location or in the college or program where the degree is earned. For more information, check the Recommended Academic Plan for your intended program.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(4 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in ELECTIVES, GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 17-19 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 61-63 credits[1]
(This includes 4 credits of GENERAL EDUCATION GQ courses)

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR (ALL OPTIONS): 40 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (16 credits)
CRIM 12 GS(3)/CRIMJ 12 GS(3)/SOC 12 GS(3), CRIM 100(3)/CRIMJ 100(3), STAT 200 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-8)
CRIM 249(3), CRIMJ 250(3) (Sem: 2-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (24 credits)
Select 3 credits from: CAS 283(3), CMPSC 100(3), CMPSC 101 GQ(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 3 credits from: SOC 1 GS(3), SOC 3 GS(3), or SOC 5 GS(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6 credits in race, ethnicity and gender:
AFAM 100 GS;US(3), AFAM 101 GH;US(3), AFAM/SOC/WMNST 103 US(3), AMST/WMNST 104 GH;US(3), AMST 105 GH;US(3), AMST 432(3), ANTH 146 GS;US(3), CAS 271 US;IL(3), CAS 422 US(3), CAS 455 US(3), CAS 471 US;IL(3), CMLIT 101 GH;US;IL(3), CRIM 451(3), CRIMJ/WMNST 453 US(3), ENGL 135 GH;US(3), ENGL 139 GH;US(3), ENGL 462 US(3), HIST 154 GH;US(3), LER/WMNST 136 US(3), PHIL 9 GH(3), PSYCH 432 US(3), SOC 119 GS;US(4), SOC 409 US(3), SOC 419(3), SOC 429(3) or WMNST 1 GS;US;IL(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6 credits from the core courses CRIMJ 430(3), CRIM 432(3),CRIM 435(3), CRIM 451(3), CRIM 467(3), CRIM 490(3) (Sem: 5-8)
Select 6 credits from non-core CRIM/CRIMJ courses at the 400 level (including no more than 3 credits of LA 495, CRIM 494, or CRIM 499 (Sem: 5-8) (Sem: 5-8)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPTION: 21-23 credits

BUSINESS/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION OPTION: (21 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)
ECON 102 GS(3), ECON 104 GS(3) (Sem: 1-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (15 credits)
Select 15 credits with at least 3 credits each from groups a, b, c, d (Sem: 3-8)
a) ECON 302 GS(3), BA 301(3)
b) BA 303(3), BA 304(3), PSYCH 281 GS(3), PSYCH 482(3), PSYCH 484(3), PSYCH 485(3)
c) BLAW 243(3), LER 401(3), LER 411(3), LER 434(3), LER 435(3), LER 437(3), SOC 444(3), SOC 455(3)
d) Select 3 credits from CAS 404(3), CAS 450(3), CAS 452(3), CAS 471 US;IL(3), CAS 483(3), ENGL 418(3), ENGL 419(3), ENGL 421(3), FR 408(3), GER 408 IL(3), HIST 425 IL(3), HIST 458(3), LER 400-level course(s), PLSC 412(3), PLSC 417(3), PLSC 419(3), PLSC 490(3), PLSC 444(3), PSYCH 482(3), PSYCH 484(3), PSYCH 485(3), SOC 444(3), SOC 455(3), SOC 456(3), SPAN 412(3)

COMPUTING AND STATISTICS OPTION: (21 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (5 credits)
SOC 470(4), STAT 480(1) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (16 credits)
Select 16 credits from CAS 483(3), CMPSC 203 GQ(4), MATH 110 GQ(4) and MATH 111 GQ(2) or MATH 140 GQ(4) and MATH 141 GQ(4); MIS 204(3); STAT 460(3), STAT 462(3) or STAT 464(3) (Sem: 1-8)

LEGAL STUDIES OPTION: (21 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (3 credits)
PHIL 12 GQ(3) (Sem: 1-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (18 credits)
Select 3 credits from CAS 213(3), CAS 215(3), CAS 321(3) or CAS 250(3) (Sem: 3-8)
Select 12 credits from BLAW 243(3), BLAW 410(3), CRIM 432(3) or CRIM 467(3)/SOC 467(3), CRIM 469(3), COMM 403(3), LST 470(3), PHIL 105 GH(3), PHIL 108 GH(3), PHIL 408(3), PLSC 403(3), PLSC 431(3), PLSC 432(3), PLSC 471(3), PLSC 472(3), SOC 405(3) (Sem: 5-8)
Select 3 credits from HIST 449 US(3), HIST 450 US(3), PLSC 474(3) (Sem: 5-8)

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH OPTION: (22-23 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (5 credits)
SOC 470(4), STAT 480(1) (Sem: 5-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (17-18 credits)
Select 8-9 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4) and MATH 111 GQ(2) or MATH 140 GQ(4) and MATH 141 GQ(4), STAT 460(3), STAT 462(3), STAT 464(3) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 9 credits from HDFS 401(3), PLSC 490(3), any 400-level STAT course (Sem: 5-8)

NOTE: Internships will be counted as elective credits (CRIM 395).

NOTE: The following themes should be incorporated into all CRIM classes, as appropriate: ethical issues, ethnicity and gender issues, and theory.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-106 Change. Change JAPNS 420-429 course to JAPNS 430-439 in Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Japanese

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (JAPNS)

PROFESSOR ON-CHO NG, Department Head, Asian Studies

The major in Japanese strengthens students’ overall skills in internationalism and provides a focus on one of the world’s most important nations. The Japanese major is designed for students who want to develop proficiency in speaking, listening, reading, and writing Japanese, and acquire profound knowledge of Japanese culture, history, and civilization in the context of East Asia.

The Japanese major encourages students to study abroad in order to deepen their understanding of the language, culture and contemporary society, and to develop intercultural and comparative perspectives.

The major can also help students prepare for graduate study in Japan-related fields and professional careers where proficiency in Japanese is required, such as government services, or multinational companies.

Students planning to teach in public schools should schedule the appropriate courses leading to certification in consultation with an adviser in the College of Education.

For the B.A. degree in Japanese, a minimum of 124 credits is required.

Per Senate Policy 83-80.5, the college dean or campus chancellor and program faculty may require up to 24 credits of course work in the major to be taken at the location or in the college or program where the degree is earned. For more information, check the Recommended Academic Plan for your intended program.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(0-9 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in this bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVE or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

ELECTIVES: 21-27 credits

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 24 credits
(3 of these 24 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR, GENERAL EDUCATION, or ELECTIVES and 0-12 credits are included in ELECTIVES if foreign language proficiency is demonstrated by examination.)
(See description of Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements in this bulletin.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 35 credits[1]
(This includes 0-9 credits of General Education GA, GH, or GS courses.)
(At least 21 credits must be at the 400 level.)
(Students are strongly encouraged to take at least 12 of their credits in Japan, either in a Penn State Education Abroad program or another program subject to departmental approval. For curricular sequencing, the program encourages students to pursue this Education Abroad experience in the fall semester of the junior year, unless the host institution runs on the Japanese academic schedule, in which case study abroad should be in the spring semester, or for the entire year.

PRESCRIBED COURSES (20 credits)
JAPNS 110 IL(4) (Sem: 3-4)
JAPNS 401 IL(4), JAPNS 402 IL(4) (Sem: 5-6)
JAPNS 403 IL(4), JAPNS 404 IL(4) (Sem: 7-8)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (9 credits)
Select 3 credits from JAPNS 120 GH;IL(3) or JAPNS 121 GH;IL(3) (Sem:1-6)
Select 3 credits from the JAPNS 430-439 level (Sem: 1-8)
Select 3 credits from the JAPNS 450-459 level (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (6 credits)
Select 6 credits pertaining to Japan, such as courses in art history, comparative history, geography, history, Japanese, philosophy, political science, religious studies, theatre arts, or other fields, selected from departmental list (Sem: 1-8)

Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) Degree Program B.A. in Japanese and Master of International Affairs (M.I.A.)

The integrated undergraduate-graduate (IUG) degree program (B.A. in Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese/M.I.A. in International Affairs) provides an opportunity for strong students in these majors to complete a master’s degree with 5 total years of study.

An increasingly globalized economy is likely to escalate the demand for graduate training in international affairs. The career choices for graduates with this training will also expand sharply.

The integrated degree program prepares students for a variety of careers requiring an interdisciplinary background in Asian Studies or Asian languages and international affairs. Examples of types of entities hiring in these areas are federal, state, and local governments, international organizations, multinational corporations, international banking and financial institutions, media organizations and journalism, consulting firms, policy research centers, and development assistance programs and foundations. The School of International Affairs (SIA) Master of International Affairs (M.I.A.) represents a professional degree designed to prepare students to thrive in these increasingly global career paths.

Admission Requirements

Admission requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the GENERAL INFORMATION section of the Graduate Bulletin.

The number of openings in the integrated B.A./M.I.A. program is limited. Admission will be selective based on specific criteria set by the School of International Affairs. Students shall be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree, as specified in the proposed IUG plan of study. Students must be admitted to the program prior to taking the first course they intend to count towards the graduate degree. Specific requirements:

  1. Must be enrolled in the Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese B.A. program.
  2. Must apply to and be accepted into The Graduate School and the M.I.A. program in the School of International Affairs. Students must complete the Graduate School application. All applicants will submit GRE scores, two letters of recommendation, and a personal statement addressing their reasons for pursuing a graduate degree in international affairs and discussing their plans and goals.
  3. Although the program has no fixed minimum grade point average, an applicant is generally expected to have a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in undergraduate coursework and a minimum GPA of 3.5 in all coursework completed for the major.
  4. Must include a plan of study identifying undergraduate credits to be applied to the M.I.A. degree elective requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser.
  5. Must provide written endorsement from the head of Asian Studies.

M.I.A. Requirements for the Integrated B.A./M.I.A.

Requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the DEGREE REQUIREMENTS section of the Graduate Bulletin.

M.I.A. portion of the integrated B.A./M.I.A. will require the completion of a minimum of 42 graduate credits, at least 18 of which are from six core courses consisting of INTAF 801(3), 802(3), 803(3), 804(3), 805(3) and INTAF 590(3). The remaining credits are attained through completion of the approved elective courses. A minimum of 6 credits must be at the 500-level.

In addition to the core curriculum and elective courses, M.I.A. degree candidates must complete either: (i) a master’s paper; or (ii) a supervised internship placement. If the first option is chosen and the candidate opts to complete a paper, he/she must complete 3 credits of INTAF 594. The master’s paper will involve integrating and showing mastery of the subject matter of the student’s curricular emphasis, and may also involve original research. If the second option is chosen, the candidate will complete 3 credits of INTAF 595. The student will participate in a supervised internship of sufficient depth and professionalism that will allow the student to experience the integration of his/her curricular studies in an actual professional environment. A reflective paper will be submitted as a part of this credit requirement.

In order to graduate, M.I.A. degree students also will need to demonstrate proficiency in a language other than English. Proficiency will be defined as follows: (i) four semesters of a Penn State language sequence or its equivalent (15 credits with a quality grade of B or better using a 4.0 scale); (ii) native acquisition, as shown by the candidate’s personal history and approved by the SIA faculty; or (iii) performance on a proficiency evaluation sufficient to equal four semesters of language learning: for this purpose, either Penn State’s proficiency certification process or another pre-approved proficiency assessment may be used. Language study does not provide credits towards the M.I.A. degree.

If students accepted into the IUG program are unable to complete the M.I.A. degree, they are still eligible to receive their undergraduate degree if all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfied.

M.I.A. Degree

Core Courses (18)

INTAF 801(3), INTAF 902(3), INTAF 803(3), INTAF 804(3), INTAF805(3),
INTAF 590(3)

Electives (21)

Course choices are from a pre-approved list in the SIA, or by SIA faculty-approved substitution.

Capstone (3)

Master's Paper (INTAF 594) or Internship (INTAF 595)
Integrated B.A./M.I.A. Degree

Core Courses (18)

INTAF 801(3), INTAF 802(3), INTAF 803(3), INTAF 804(3), INTAF 805(3), INTAF 590(3)

Electives (21)

A maxmimum of 12 credits may be double counted toward the B.A. and the M.I.A. Courses that may be double-counted include: ASIA 463, ASIA 465, ASIA 469, ASIA 475, ASIA 476, ASIA 481, ASIA 486, ASIA 489, ASIA 493, ASIA 501, ASIA 502, and ASIA 577.

Capstone (3)

Master's Paper (INTAF 594) or Internship (INTAF 595)

Courses that may be double-counted include: ASIA 463, ASIA 465, ASIA 469, ASIA 475, ASIA 476, ASIA 481, ASIA 486, ASIA 489, ASIA 493, ASIA 501, ASIA 502, and ASIA 577. No more than 6 of the double-counted credits may be at the 400-level. The graduate thesis or other graduate culminating/capstone experience (including any associated credits and/or deliverables) may not be double counted towards any other degree.

Tuition Charges, Grant-in-Aid, and Assistantships

Students admitted to the School of International Affairs through the IUG with a B.A. in Asian Studies, Chinese, or Japanese may be considered to receive financial assistance. Students on graduate assistantships must adhere to the course load limits set forth in the Graduate Bulletin.

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


46-01-107 Change. Increase the Requirements for the Minor from 18 to 18-20 credits. Remove JAPNS 296, 297, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, and 450 from Additional Courses. Add JAPNS 430, 431, 432, 433, and 434 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

Japanese Language Minor

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (JAPNS)

The minor in Japanese is intended to provide students with a good working knowledge of the Japanese language, culture, and society in order to broaden their horizons and sharpen their awareness in internationalism and globalization. Students undertake three years of language and culture/film/literature study (or equivalent); education abroad can be included.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18-20 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (8 credits)
JAPNS 2(4), JAPNS 3(4) (Sem: 1-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES* (10-12 credits)
Select 4 credits from JAPNS 110 IL(4) or JAPNS 299 IL(1-12) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6-8 credits from JAPNS 401 IL(4), JAPNS 402 IL(4), JAPNS 403(4), JAPNS 404 IL(4), JAPNS 410 IL(3), JAPNS 430(3); JAPNS 431(3); JAPNS 432(3); JAPNS 433(3); JAPNS 434(3); JAPNS 452 IL(3), JAPNS 453 IL(3-6), JAPNS 454 IL(3-6), JAPNS 496(1-18), JAPNS 497(1-9); ASIA 499 IL(1-12); or JAPNS 499 IL(1-15) (Sem: 5-8)

* Special topics courses in English or other courses in English do not satisfy this requirement.


46-01-108 Change. Add ASIA 499, KOR 424 and 425 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2018

Korean Language Minor

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (KORLG)

The Korean Language Minor is intended to provide students with a good working knowledge of the Korean language, culture, and society in order to broaden their horizons and sharpen their awareness of Korea in this era of internationalism and globalization. Students undertake two to three years of language study (or equivalent); education abroad can be included.

A grade of C or better is required for all courses in the minor.

Scheduling recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR: 18 credits

PRESCRIBED COURSES (8 credits)
KOR 2(4), KOR 3(4) (Sem: 1-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (10 credits)
Select 4 credits from KOR 110(4), KOR 296(1-18), KOR 299 IL(1-12) (Sem: 1-8)
Select 6 credits from KOR 401 IL(4), KOR 402 IL(4), KOR 424 IL(3); KOR 425 IL(3); KOR 496(1-18), KOR 498(1-9), ASIA 499 IL(1-12); KOR
499 IL(1-12) (Sem: 5-8)


46-01-109 Change. Add Entrance to Major requirements. Remove PL SC 197 from Prescribed Courses. Add PL SC 10 to Prescribed Courses. Add LA 495 to Additional Courses. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring Semester 2017

Political Science

University Park, College of the Liberal Arts (PLSBS)
World Campus

Professor Lee Ann Banaszak, Head, Department of Political Science

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Political Science emphasizes the technical aspects of political science knowledge development and application. In addition to broad coursework in political science, students will complete courses in statistics and research design, advanced classes in social science methods and upper level political science courses that employ quantitative research skills in exploring substantive themes. Students have the opportunity to complete either a research practicum within the Political Science Department, an internship or a TA-ship. This degree will serve students who are interested in political science from the point of view of the practitioner, as well as those who are interested in acquiring practical skills relevant to a variety of careers in politics, government and business.

Entrance Requirements: Admission to the major requires a grade of C or better in MATH 110 or 140 and a grade of B or better in PLSC 309. These courses must be completed by the end of the semester during which the admission to major process is carried out.

For the B.S. degree in Political Science, a minimum of 120 credits is required.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(12 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR) (See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection, or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 19-20 credits

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR: 67-68 credits [1]
(This includes 12 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GQ courses; 6 credits of GS courses.)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (6 credits)
PL SC 10 GS(3), PL SC 309(3) (Sem: 1-4)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (49-50 credits)
Select 4 credits from MATH 110 GQ(4) or MATH 140 GQ(4) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 9 credits from PL SC 001 GS(3), PL SC 003 GS;IL(3), PL SC 007 GS(3), PL SC 014 GS;IL(3), PL SC 017 GS(3)(Sem: 1-4)
Select 3-4 credits from CMPSC 101 GQ(3), CMPSC 203 GQ(4), CMPSC 121 GQ(3) (Sem: 1-4)
Select 3 credits from PL SC 308(3) or PL SC 300H(3) (Sem: 3-7)
Select 9 credits of data intensive PL SC courses from a department list. (Sem: 3-8)
Select 9 credits of any 400-level PL SC course (Sem: 3-8)
Select 9 credits of methodology from PL SC 410(3), GEOG 363(3), GEOG 364(3), STAT 461(3), STAT 462(3), STAT 463(3), STAT 380(3), STAT 466(3) and courses from a department approved list. (Sem: 4-8)
Select 3 credits of PL SC 494, PL SC 496, LA 495 or data intensive course from a department list (Sem: 7-8)

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (12 credits)
Select 12 credits from department approved list of courses in the arts, humanities, languages, social and behavioral sciences, natural sciences, and related fields. Students can take a range of courses across disciplines or concentrate their selection to complete a minor in a supporting field. (Sem: 1-8)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.


COURSE ADDS

46-01-110 CRIM 249
Title: Criminology Theory and Evidence
Abbreviated Title: Crim Theory (3)
Description: This course provides criminology majors a more in-depth understanding of the
theories, methodologies, and research results within the scientific discipline of criminology.
Students will first focus on concepts and definitions associated with theory development and
research methods prior to applying these to historical and present theories of criminal behavior. Sociological theories and methods will be given greater weight in the course. At the end of the course, students will apply what they’ve learn to theoretically motivate a testable research question and outline this in a short research proposal. Throughout the course, theoretical concepts and evidence will be connected to current and historical criminal justice policies. This course serves as the foundation for later courses on specific substantive criminological topics, such as violence, race, gender, and neighborhood crime. The course also provides students the theoretical and methodological background for completing CRIM 250W, Research Methods in Criminal Justice, which includes an empirical research paper component. The Criminology program learning objectives directly relevant for this course are: • Recognize the causes and consequences of crime at the micro and macro levels and match these with prominent criminological perspectives. • Apply theories of crime to explain actual and hypothetical scenarios, behaviors, and trends. • Explain the various social science methods of inquiry and use these to test specific criminological research questions.
Prerequisites: CRIM 12; SOC 12
Concurrent Courses:CRIM 100; CRIM 100H
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-111 LA 404
Title: Careers in Fundraising and Development
Abbreviated Title: Career Fundraising (3)
Description: This course will guide students through an introduction to the fundraising/advancement profession, including a review of the history and emergence of the profession. The course will also touch on key issues such as professional ethics and the legal environment of the field. Students will learn about the wide array of career paths and sectors in which fundraising and advancement professionals are employed. The course will review current roles within fundraising and advancement and emerging practice areas such as social media fundraising, data analytics, and talent management. Students will acquire specific knowledge and develop some of the skills required to successfully secure entry-level positions such as asking for gifts, drafting newsletter copy, and creating materials to present to a board of trustees. Students will also make connections between life experiences, such as volunteering for a nonprofit organization, and positions in the field. Students should be able to make connections between fundraising and a variety of disciplines – from English to psychology to economics. By the end of this course, students will be able to: 1. Describe fundraising as a profession, including a brief history, purpose, laws, ethics, and foundational principles. 2. Describe various positions held by fundraising professionals, including duties and responsibilities, skills and characteristics for success, and various pathways to a career in each position. 3. Practice foundational principles of fundraising as they apply to various fundraising positions. 4. Identify resources for locating fundraising positions and appropriate education and training opportunities. 5. Create professional application materials that reflect the students’ ability to differentiate between various roles in fundraising professions. Students enrolled in this course will need to have acquired skills and knowledge in introductory courses, have a connection to an academic discipline, and be career-oriented. As a result, only upper-level students will be eligible to enroll. If academic departments are willing, the course might be added to the list of electives made available to students majoring in various fields such as English, psychology, or economics. Given the dearth of well-educated professionals and the growing number of jobs in the field this course could serve well those students who seek a career in the profession.
Prerequisites: ENGL 15, and 6 credits in social and behavioral sciences (GS).
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-112 LER 427
Title: Organizational Context for Human Resource Management and Employment Relations Professionals
Abbreviated Title: Org Context HRER (3)
Description: This course examines human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER) from a strategic perspective embedded in a complex and evolving organizational system. To be effective, students must understand how different organizational strategies interface with the entire set of HR/ER practices put in place. This approach also requires an ability to connect business functions, governance, organizational metrics and financial considerations with investments in the broader HR/ER system. The goal of this course is to build business acumen by providing a foundational understanding of the components of a strategic and proactive HR/ER system. Through active learning, this course will encourage the development of analytical skills, personal competencies, and in-depth understanding of how various HRM and ER parts work together to shape organizational success. Students are more effective in their roles when they understand organizational strategic typologies, business functions, and governance structures that can affect the structure and implementation of the HRM/ER functions. Other topics include vertical and horizontal integration of the supply chain, and mergers and acquisitions, both of which are important to the work context. Basic finance and accounting concepts relevant to HRM/ER such as profit and loss statements, balance sheets, and cash flow enable students to understand how managers and leaders make resource decisions. Students gain credibility with other organizational decision makers by better understanding concepts such as earnings per share, return on assets (ROA) and
return on investment (ROI). Understanding the time value of money and implications for decisions regarding investments in people enables students to be more effective in decision-making roles. The goal is to provide students with the fundamentals of the business context as relevant to their roles as HRM and ER professionals. The use of metrics and measures to provide feedback to the organization and individual employees will be examined. The criticality of understanding appropriate metrics and the importance of finding or creating valid, reliable, and bias-free metrics is explored. Learning how to create balanced score cards and associated HRM/ER scorecards can provide actionable insight to all organizational stakeholders. Finally, exposure to conceptual frameworks related to ethics and risk assessment will enable students to apply such frameworks in an organizational context. The goal is to have HRM and ER students develop a deep understanding of perspectives, practices, and tools that connect HRM and ER policies and practices to an organization’s context and strategy.
Prerequisites: LER 100 and 3 credits in Labor and Employment Relations (LER)
Proposed Start: SP2018

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-113 ENGL 466 (US)
Title: African American Novel I
Abbreviated Title: African Am Novel I (3)
Description: Thematic, structural, and stylistic characteristics of the African American novel from residually oral forms to satiric realism.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the origins of the African American novel and follows the genre’s evolution into the early twentieth century, outlining the relationships among the texts that form the body of African American narrative as well as the relationships of those texts to the constantly shifting cultural and political realities surrounding their writing. From the
earliest novels, written during the period of slavery, through the Reconstruction era, the nadir of Black Codes and Jim Crow Supreme Court decisions, and into the Renaissance heralded by Alain Locke and others, course readings encompass a broad range of styles and genres, from early proto-documentary modes, through the realism and naturalism of a later time. The course takes up Robert S. Levine’s claim that “the history of the early African American novel is not fixed or stable” by mapping the genre’s early history and by developing an understanding of the novel as genre according to both early African American authors and later scholars. It addresses the fact that this history continues to be updated and that some texts—whether in part or in
whole—remain lost. Authors covered in the course might include William Wells Brown, Frederick Douglass, Frank J. Webb, Julia C. Collins, Hannah Crafts, Martin Delany, Frances Ellen Watkins Harper, Charles Chesnutt, Pauline Hopkins, Paul Laurence Dunbar, Sutton Griggs, James Weldon Johnson, Oscar Micheaux, Nella Larsen, Jessie Fauset, and others. Scholarly readings accompany primary texts in order to give students a sense of the critical work that has gone into and continues to go on in the study of African American literature. Course topics may include the issue of “firsts”; the challenges of publication and the attendant realities of early African American print cultures; questions of tradition and influence; and the political, social, religious, and philosophical aims of early African American novels. Readings and discussions also attend to questions of form, specifically regarding intertextuality and generic blurring and hybridity. The study of early African American novels necessarily includes attention to issues of race, identity, nation, diaspora, and the question of authenticity, and each is taken up in
turn. Course assignments and discussions engage students in critical work that demands careful attention to both content and context in order that all students might strengthen their
close reading capabilities and engage with course figures and materials within their historical milieus.
ADD CROSS-LISTING: AFAM 466
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-114 ENGL 467 (US)
Title: African American Novel II
Abbreviated Title: Afr Am Novel II (3)
Description: Thematic, stylistic, and structural characteristics of the African American novel from
naturalism to modernism and postmodernism.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the African American novel, its forms, and its traditions starting during the Harlem Renaissance. It follows the genre’s evolution into the twenty-first century, outlining the relationships among the texts that form the body of African American narrative as well as the relationships of those texts to the constantly shifting cultural and political realities surrounding their writing. From the Renaissance heralded by Alain Locke,
through the Civil Rights and Black Power Movements—and their attendant Black Arts Movement—and into the era of the Movement for Black Lives, course readings encompass a broad range of styles and genres, from realism, naturalism, and naturalist primitivism, through the experimental forms, magical realism, and “postrace aesthetics” of later times. The course invites students to think critically about the African American novel as a socially and politically engaged form, and to identify and analyze the long tradition of resistance that variously informs its development. Authors covered in the course might include major figures such as Claude McKay, Zora Neale Hurston, Nella Larsen, Wallace Thurman, Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison, Ann Petry, James Baldwin, Ishmael Reed, Earnest Gaines, Alice Walker, Toni Morrison, Toni Cade Bambara, Octavia Butler, Gayle Jones, Samuel Delany, Charles Johnson, John Edgar Wideman, Colson Whitehead, and others. Still, the course gives due attention to lesser known/studied materials from the period, including graphic novels, satire, speculative fiction, performance novels, and various other experimental forms. Course readings and instruction give particular attention to how African American novels of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries variously engage social identity categories, like race, gender, class, and sexuality, and how they engage and resist various literary conventions associated with naturalism, modernism, and postmodernism. The course also traces the development of new thematic and aesthetic interests in a generation of writers whose fiction has been influenced by the explosion of interest in the graphic novel, the popularity of cultural forms such as hip hop, and the ascendancy of the digital age. Scholarly readings accompany primary texts to give students a sense of the critical work that has gone into and continues to go on in the study of African American literature. In this course, students learn how to analyze literature, do close and careful readings of texts, conduct related research, and write persuasively about literary works. Assignments and discussions are designed such that students may engage with course figures and materials within their historical milieus.
ADD CROSS-LISTING: AFAM 467
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-115 LA 401
Title: Professional Development for the Liberal Arts Student
Abbreviated Title: Prof Dev for La (1)
Description: Provides Liberal Arts students with the techniques and information necessary to specify and implement postgraduation educational and career plans.
Approved Start: 0-1999SP

NEW
CHANGE NUMBER: 103
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide you with the techniques and information necessary to specify and implement post-graduation educational and career plans. This course is designed to assist students in the College of the Liberal Arts with the process of developing and implementing career plans for after graduation. It helps students understand the process of seeking and gaining employment and how to effectively transition from college to the workplace. This course will help students think about how to make their time at Penn State worthwhile and will be exposed to the various opportunities available to them at the College and University level. Students will hear from staff, alumni, and employers about a range of topics including interviewing, hiring practices, professionalism, social media, networking, post-graduate options, and other professional development topics. Students will start and/or continue to solidify their plans for after college and take steps to create a portfolio of work for the job and internship search. Students will use tools to learn more about themselves and explore career options. They will learn about career fields for students graduating with Liberal Arts degrees and hear from employers, staff, and alumni about how to leverage their education, skills, and knowledge to be successful during the job and internship search and during their time in the workforce. Students will develop a multitude of skills from this class, including identifying abilities, interests, and values and understand how to incorporate these into career decision-making. They will be able to utilize various resources such as informational interviewing and networking to research industries and careers, and inform career decision-making. They will make use of targeted searches, and online job postings to identify potential jobs and internships. Students will spend time writing effective position-specific application materials such as resumes and cover letters and learn to implement effective interviewing techniques during phone, individual, panel, and group interviews. For students who are thinking about post-baccalaureate options, the class will help these students identify and search for graduate programs as well as successfully complete the graduate school application process. This course will help students transition successfully into the professional world, using skills and knowledge to conduct future career decision making and job searches.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

COURSE DROPS

46-01-116 HIST 156 (US)
Title: History of the American Worker
Abbreviated Title: Hist Am Worker (3)
Description: A study of the American worker from the preindustrial era to the present.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-117 HIST 185 (GH)(IL)
Title: Asian Pop: The History of Popular Culture in Asia
Abbreviated Title: Asian Pop Culture (3)
Description: A history of popular culture from the early modern period to the present. HIST (ASIA) 185 Asian Pop: The History of Popular Culture in Asia (3) (GH;IL)(BA) This course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. Asian popular culture encompasses a broad array of cultural practices and forms that shed light on the politics and society of Asia from the early modern period to the present day. This course examines “low” or non-elite culture, investigating subjects like martial arts, Chinese opera, beggar guilds, popular and folk religion, weddings, teahouses and many others (particular themes will vary depending on instructor) that allow us insight into the day- to-day lives of historical people across Asia. Along the way, we will consider how popular culture intersects with and influences politics, economy, and society. A significant emphasis will be placed on the scope of cultural influence: some of the topics under consideration were decidedly local affairs, while others moved across political and regional boundaries, sometimes with far-reaching consequences. This focus on dissemination and influence grounds the course. For instance, students will begin their investigation of Asian popular culture by tracing the pre-modern roots of Asian cultural exchange when empires ruled not by political or military might, but what one scholar termed the ‘theater state’ or, put more simply, cultural persuasion. In contrast, however, common people often subverted state orthodoxy and state policies, in ways ranging from the stories told about local gods to access to martial arts training to marriage practices. Out of this contestation over the meanings and presentations of popular culture symbols and forms, students will be introduced to the various and diverse ‘vehicles’ for popular culture, from the early modern period up to the present day. Themes and topics will vary depending on the instructor, but may include cities and urban culture, villages and rural culture, theater, film, mass literature, youth culture, “ethnicity” as culture, music, dance, opera, wartime culture and propaganda, advertising, sexuality, gender and its representations, martial arts and militarism, popular religion, weddings and marriage practices, and so on.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-118 HIST 300D
Title: Honors Thesis
Abbreviated Title: Honors Thesis (3)
Description: Research paper in an area arranged with the chairman of the Honors
Committee.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-119 HIST 401 (IL)
Title: Ancient Technologies and Socio-cultural History in the Ancient Levant
Abbreviated Title: Ancient Tech and Soc (3)
Description: Social and intellectual development in the Ancient Levant as they affected and were affected by technological development.
Proposed Start SP2019
Cross-Listed Courses: JST 401(LA) (NOT BEING DROPPED)

46-01-120 HIST 415 (US)(IL)
Title: Race, Gender, and Politics in the United States and South Africa
Abbreviated Title: US-SAfr Comp Hist (3)
Description: This thematic course will compare key issues, figures, and events in the historical development of the United States and South Africa.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-121 HIST 419 (US)(IL)
Title: The History of Feminist Thought
Abbreviated Title: Hist Fem Thought (3)
Description: A critical analysis of European and United States feminist thought from the
renaissance to the present.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-122 HIST 456 (WF)(US)
Title: The Social History of American Vernacular Building, 1607-1980
Abbreviated Title: Am Vernacular Bldg (3)
Description: Social, historical, and cultural context of American building including settlements,
housing, workplaces, stores, recreational facilities; changes over time.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-123 HIST 463 (US)
Title: American Thought to 1865
Abbreviated Title: Am Thought to 1865 (3)
Description: Introduction to, scholarly commentary on, major documents of American Intellectual history, early colonial period to end of the Civil War. HIST 463 American Thought to 1865 (3) (US)(BA) This course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. To offer such a course without some treatment of race, class, and gender diversity would be undesirable indeed, irresponsible. The movements for the abolition of slavery, for women’s rights, and for the rights of workers will receive prominent and necessary attention. The history department does not, however, seek to invade the territories of programs and/or departments that are primarily concerned with women and racial or ethnic minorities. This course will cover such material in ways specifically appropriate to the contacts with American- Indian, Asian-American, African-American and Spanish-speaking populations.This course will focus on documents produced by men and women of various class and ethnic backgrounds who are assumed to have participated actively in the American intellectual tradition. Discussions of the ideas and publications of well-educated individuals will to some extent dominate the content of the proposed course. Thus, for obvious reasons, it must address the historical importance of documents such as Thomas Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia, and Harriet Beecher Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin. These documents are of unquestionable importance to American intellectual history, but due to constraints of time, it is not always possible to discuss their historical importance as cultural documents in the existing American history courses. A
highly literate African-American essayist like Francis Ellen Watkins Harper is also an obvious candidate for inclusion in this course. A less educated person like Anna Murray Douglass,
although she was an important and interesting figure, whose life and values merit serious
reflection, could hardly have left behind a body of writings. Francis Harper, on the other hand,
commented significantly on the ideological movements of her times. The course is admittedly biased in favor of highly literate historical figures, who interacted with the traditions of American thought and writing.An example of evaluation methods would be: Students will be expected to write a mid-semester and a final examination, and to prepare a written paper outside of class. Graduate students will be expected to draft a potentially publishable article, which may be archival, historiographical, or interpretive.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-124 HIST 464 (US)
Title: American Thought from 1865
Abbreviated Title: Am Thought Fr 1865 (3)
Description: Introduction to, scholarly commentary on, major documents of American Intellectual history from end of the Civil War to the present. HIST 464 American Thought from 1865 (US)(BA) This course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. HIST 464 is intended to fill several needs. First, to introduce advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students to documents of American thought of the sort collected by David A. Hollinger and Charles Capper in the American Intellectual Tradition (New York: Oxford University Press, 1989). Second, to offer a systematic survey of a standard area of American history that students might wish to approach as a coherent field. Third, to provide students with exposure to the bibliography and the historiography of American intellectual history as an established sub-field of American history. It is intended that either semester of the course may be elected independently of the other.An example of evaluation methods would be: Students will be expected to write a mid-semester and a final examination, and to prepare a written
paper outside of class. Graduate students will be expected to draft a potentially publishable
article, which may be archival, historiographical, or interpretive.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-125 HIST 464H (H)
Title: Spanish Conquest of the New World
Abbreviated Title: La Independence (3)
Description: Introduction to, scholarly commentary on, major documents of American Intellectual history from end of the Civil War to the present. HIST 464 American Thought from 1865 (US)(BA) This course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. HIST 464 is intended to fill several needs. First, to introduce advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students to documents of American thought of the sort collected by David A. Hollinger and Charles Capper in the American Intellectual Tradition (New York: Oxford University Press, 1989). Second, to offer a systematic survey of a standard area of American history that students might wish to approach as a coherent field. Third, to provide students with exposure to the bibliography and the historiography of American intellectual history as an established sub-field of American history. It is intended that either semester of the course may be elected independently of the other.An example of evaluation methods would be: Students will be expected to write a mid-semester and a final examination, and to prepare a written
paper outside of class. Graduate students will be expected to draft a potentially publishable
article, which may be archival, historiographical, or interpretive.
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-126 HIST 476 (IL)
Title: Technology & Society in Modern Asia
Abbreviated Title: Tech and Soc in Asia (3)
Description: Role of technology in modernization, national identity, and foreign relations of an
Asian country from 19th century to present day. ASIA (HIST) 476 Technology & Society in Modern Asia (3) (IL)(BA) This course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. The countries of Asia are often seen (or imagined) in the West today in terms of their technological capabilities. This course will examine the role of technology in the modernization, national identities, and foreign relations of one or more countries of East, South, or Southeast Asia from the mid-19th century to the present day. Specific content will vary according to individual instructor, but topics may include the relationship between technological development and international relations, national power, leisure, domestic political and aesthetic movements, war, empire, and trade, as well as the impact of technology on interconnected images of self and other on the part of the peoples of Western and Asian countries.The objectives of the course are not only to learn about the role of technology in modern East Asia, but also to encourage us to rethink the way we view other countries and the factors that go into those perceptions (as well as developing a new way of understanding of what contributes to the views other peoples hold of their own countries). Students will also consider the changing role that technology has played (and continues to play) in all modern societies.
Cross-Listed Courses: ASIA 476 (not being dropped)
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-127 HIST 489 (IL)
Title: International Culture in East Asia
Abbreviated Title: Intl Culture Asia (3)
Description: Study of the role of culture in East Asian regional and East-West international
relations. ASIA 489 (PL SC 486/HIST 489) International Culture in East Asia (3) (IL)(BA) This
course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. This course will examine the place of
culture in international history through a comparative look at the role of cultural circulation and
exchange in relations among China, Korea, and Japan (and between East Asia and the West) from the propagation of Buddhism in the first century A.D. to present-day circulation of popular music, movies, and comics. We will explore the international politics of culture and the politics of international culture, considering questions of what constitutes culture, whether it is ever
entirely separate from politics, and how that separation has evolved over time. These larger themes of the course will be tackled by following the historical movement of concrete objects and people throughout the region. This is a course in international history; historical events,
problems, and issues will be at the center of our weekly discussions. But it also seeks to
explore aspects of international relations.This course is intended to examine the role of cultural
exchange in international relations. The goals of the class are not only to gain an understanding
of the uses and impact of culture in international relations, but also to develop the skill of
building such an understanding through primary and secondary sources, both written and visual. Students in this class will take on the role of historian themselves, thinking critically about assigned texts and making their own interpretations of their meanings. Through readings, discussions, presentations, and the final project, students will enhance their ability to think critically and to express their ideas clearly in both speech and writing.Class work includes some lecture but emphasizes guided discussions, group work, writing exercises, and some student presentations. This participatory approach is intended to deepen student’s appreciation of the assigned readings, to help them understand value systems that may differ from those predominant in western cultures, and to assist students in developing both analytic and expressive abilities. Evaluation will emphasize student performance on a day-to-day basis and as expressed in a final research project. A possible break down would be as follows:This course is designed to respond to strong student interest in East Asian international history. This course will complement and extend popular survey and upper-level courses such as HIST 172/174/175/480/481/483/484/485/486.
Cross-Listed Courses: ASIA 489(LA) PLSC 486 (not being dropped)
Proposed Start: SP2019

46-01-128 HIST 493 (IL)
Title: Japan in the World
Abbreviated Title: Japan in the World (3)
Description: Study of Japan’s foreign relations and position in the international community from
the early 19th century to the present. ASIA (HIST) 493 Japan in the World (3) (IL)(BA) This
course meets the Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. This course will examine Japan’s foreign relations and changing position in the international community, from the rethinking of relations with the Western world in the early nineteenth century to its emergence as a pop culture superpower in the present day. The course will explore the structures of international relations, such as imperialism and international organizations, with the Japanese experience providing a viewpoint that differs from the standard Western-centric narrative in important ways. We will also consider the development of alternative methods of diplomacy, including cultural exchange and economic and technical assistance. Class work may include some lecture but emphasizes guided discussions, group work, writing exercises, and some student presentations.
Cross-Listed Courses: ASIA 493 (not being dropped)
Proposed Start: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Nursing

COURSE ADDS

46-01-129 NURS 442
Title: Introduction to Perioperative Nursing
Abbreviated Title: Intro Periop Nurs (1)
Description: This course is designed to introduce undergraduate nursing students to the specialty of perioperative nursing through didactic teaching and simulation experiences. Universal nursing concepts provide the basis for the development of more specialized knowledge and skills required for perioperative nursing.
Prerequisites: NURS 230
Proposed Start: SP2018

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
Science

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-130 BIOL 322
Title: Genetic Analysis
Abbreviated Title: Genetic Analysis (3)
Description: Recommended Preparations: At least one life science course. A discussion of the
mechanisms of heredity in prokaryotes and eukaryotes with emphasis on analysis and modes of inference.
Prerequisites: at least two of the following courses: BIOL 220W , BIOL 230W , BIOL 240W , or MICRB201
Apprproved Start: 201718FA

NEW
REMOVE PREREQUISITES
CHANGE RECOMMENDED PREPARATION: Students are recommended to have completed either Biology 230W/M, BMB251/H or MICRO251 before taking this course
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-131 MATH 494H
Title: Research Project
Abbreviated Title: Research Project (1-12:12)
Description: Supervised student activities on research projects identified on an individual or small-group basis.
Approved Start: FA2007

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Thesis Research
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Thesis Research
CHANGE CREDITS: 3
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: The honors thesis proposal must be approved by the thesis supervisor and the honors adviser and submitted to the Schreyer Honors College prior to scheduling this course. Honors students in Mathematics should register for Math 494H in one or both of their last two semesters. All Schreyer Scholars are required to complete an undergraduate honors thesis. This work represents the culmination of a student’s honors experience. Through the thesis, the student demonstrates a command of relevant scholastic work and a personal contribution to that scholarship. The thesis document should capture the relevant background, methods and techniques, as well as describe the details of the completion of the individual project.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-132 STAT 184
Title: Introduction to R
Abbreviated Title: Introduction to R (1)
Description: Introduction to syntax, programming, data summary techniques, and extensions of the R programming language. STAT 184 Introduction to R (1)R is a powerful, open-source programming language used widely for statistical analyses. It is easily extendible, and thousands of user-created packages are publicly available to extend its capabilities. This course will introduce R syntax: Students will be asked to utilize various descriptive and graphical statistical techniques for various types of datasets. These datasets will primarily be drawn from those that are readily available for R; emphasis will not be on obtaining nor cleaning raw data in this course. Furthermore, this course focus on descriptive statistics and graphical summary techniques rather than inferential statistical techniques. In particular, no statistical background will be assumed. In addition to being asked to write well-documented code for functions in R, students will be exposed to development environments (e.g., the open-source RStudio environment) and the Shiny framework for web applications.
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE CREDITS: 2
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: R is a powerful, open-source programming language used widely for applications in statistics and data science. It is easily extendible, and thousands of user-created packages are publicly available to extend its capabilities. This course will introduce students to data computing fundamentals and a reproducible workflow using the R programming language and related tools. Students will be expected to access, join, wrangle, clean, and visualize real data from various sources (e.g. CSV, HTML scraping, web URL, R packages). The course will emphasize use of “tidyverse” R packages (e.g. dplyr, ggplot2), although students will also be exposed to Base R and other packages. In addition, students will be exposed to one or more integrated development environments (e.g. RStudio) and will be expected to write well-documented code using a reproducible workflow (e.g. RMarkdown, Git/GitHub). The course focuses on descriptive and graphical summary techniques rather than inferential statistical techniques.
PROPOSED START: SP2019

OLD
46-01-133 STAT 463
Title: Applied Time Series Analysis
Abbreviated Title: Time Series (3)
Description: Identification of models for empirical data collected over time; use of models in
forecasting. STAT 463 Applied Time Series Analysis (3) This course covers many major topics in
time series analysis. Students will learn some theory behind various time series models and apply this theory to multiple examples. An introduction to time series and exploratory data analysis will be followed by a lengthy study of several important models, including autoregressive, moving average, autoregressive moving average (ARMA), autoregression integrated moving average (ARIMA), and seasonal models. For each model methods for parameter estimation, forecasting, and model diagnostics will be covered. Additional topics will include spectral techniques for periodic time series, including power spectra and the Fourier transform, and one or more miscellaneous topics chosen by the instructor, such as forecasting methods, transfer function models, multivariate time series methods, Kalman filtering, and signal extraction and forecasting. The use of statistical software will be a central component of this course, as will the proper interpretation of computer output. Students enrolling for this course are assumed to have taken a semester-long course on regression.
Prerequisites: STAT 462
Approved Start: 201617FA

NEW
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: STAT 462 AND ( STAT 318 OR STAT 414 )
ADD RECOMMENDED PREPARATION: MATH 220
PROPOSED START: SP2019

APPENDIX A
UNDERGRADUATE
University College

46-01-134 Change. Revise description. Add ARTS 403, 404 and COMM 370 to Prescribed Courses. Remove ARTSA 495A, 401,495B, and ENGL 479 from Prescribed Courses. Add ARTSA 401 and COMM 472 to Additional Courses. Remove COMM 370 and MKTG 310 from Additional Courses. Add COMM 441 to Prescribed Courses in the Digital Media Option. Add MUSIC 8 to Additional Courses in the Digital Media Option. Remove MUSIC 7 and 9 from Additional Courses in the Digital Media Option. Remove MKTG 330 and 440 from Prescribed Courses in the Marketing Option. Add MUSIC 8, MKTG 330 and 344 to Additional Courses in the Marketing Option. Remove MUSIC 7 and 9 from Additional Courses in the Marketing Option. Changes indicated by underlining.

Proposed Effective Date: Spring 2018

Arts Administration

Penn State Erie, The Behrend College (ARTSA)
Penn State Lehigh Valley (ARACC)

Not all options are available at every campus. Contact the campus you are interested in attending to determine which options are offered.

The Penn State Erie Arts Administration program is intended for students with an interest in the arts and a desire to pursue careers in the administration or management of arts organizations such as museums, theatre companies, orchestras and choruses. The program combines a broad exposure to the arts with intensive training in management, marketing, writing, and development.

The interdisciplinary Arts Administration program answers the growing need for leaders and administrators of arts organizations that must compete, survive, and thrive in a corporate world. Recognizing that these organizations have missions that are different from business corporations, the Arts Administration program aims to produce capable arts administrators, managers, and entrepreneurs with both aesthetic sensibilities and business acumen. Successful arts administration is crucial to the continued vitality of modern cultural institutions, creative enterprises, and arts organizations. If the public is to benefit, skilled arts administrators must facilitate the work of artists to realize their artistic vision and share it with the public, by executing the necessary financial, legal, and organizational decisions. In short, talented arts administrators are partners in a collaborative artistic process. The major includes the following options:

Digital Media Option – emphasizes design and social media engagement, so that student may create and manage online content for cultural organizations. Students develop proficiency in web writing, image editing, layout, and advertising.

Marketing Option – provides a business core for careers that emphasize marketing with arts organizations. The coursework includes statistics, marketing research, and other marketing courses relevant to arts and cultural organizations.

For the B.A. degree in Arts Administration, a minimum of 120 credits is required. Students must earn C or better in ARTH 111 GA;IL(3) or ARTH 112 GA;IL(3), MUSIC 005 GA(3), THEA 105 GA(3) to be eligible for entrance to the major.

Scheduling Recommendation by Semester Standing given like (Sem: 1-2)

GENERAL EDUCATION: 45 credits
(19-20 of these 45 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)
(See description of General Education in front of Bulletin.)

FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR:
(Included in ELECTIVES or GENERAL EDUCATION course selection)

UNITED STATES CULTURES AND INTERNATIONAL CULTURES:
(Included in GENERAL EDUCATION course selection or REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM:
(Included in REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR)

ELECTIVES: 3 credits

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 24 credits
(3 of these 24 credits are included in the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR, GENERAL EDUCATION, or ELECTIVES and 0-12 credits are included in ELECTIVES if foreign language proficiency is demonstrated by examination.) (See description of Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements in this bulletin.)

COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR (ALL OPTIONS): (72-73 credits)
(This includes 19-20 credits of General Education courses: 6 credits of GA courses; 7-8 credits of GQ courses; 3 credits of GS courses, 3 credits of GWS courses.) 

PRESCRIBED COURSES: (39 credits)
MUSIC 5 GA(3)[1], THEA 105 GA(3)[1] (Sem: 1-2)
MIS 204(3), MKTG 301(3) (Sem: 3-4)
ECON 102 GS(3), ENGL 202D GWS(3) (Sem: 4)
ACCTG 211(4), ARTSA 301(3)[1], ARTSA 402(3)[1], ARTSA 403(3)[1], ARTSA 404(3)[1], BA 241(2), COMM 370(3)[18] (Sem: 5-6)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (12 credits)
Select 3 credits from: ARTH 111 GA;IL(3)[18] or ARTH 112 GA;IL(3)[18] or MATH 21 GQ(3) or higher (Sem: 1-2)
Select 3 credits from: ARTSA 401(3)[1] or COMM 472(3)
Select 3 credits from ARTSA 495A (3)[1]
Students desiring to take an internship for ARTSA credit must have a GPA of 3.00. Students with lower than a 3.00 GPA can request an exemption by providing letters of recommendation for the internship form 2 members of the ARTSA faculty
OR
Students may enroll in an additional COMM Or MKTG course at the 400 level to develop option-specific competencies instead of taking ARTSA 495A.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPTION (21-22 credits)

DIGITAL MEDIA OPTION (21 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (9 credits)
COMM 320(3), COMM 441(3)[1], ENGL 420(3)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (6 credits)
Select 3 credits from: ARTH 111 GA;IL(3)[1] or ARTH 112 GA;IL(3)[18] or MUSIC 8 GA(3)[18] or THEA 102 GA(3)[18] and COMM 270(3)[18] or GD 100 GA(3)[18]

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (6 credits)
Select 6 credits from program approved list in Music, Theatre or Visual Arts in consultation with adviser and according to student interest (Sem: 4-7)

MARKETING OPTION (22 credits)

PRESCRIBED COURSES (3 credits)
MKTG 342(3)

ADDITIONAL COURSES (10 credits)
Select 3 credits from ARTH 111 GA;IL(3)[18] or ARTH 112 GA;IL(3)[18] or MUSIC 8 GA(3)[18] or THEA 102 GA(3)[18] (Sem: 1-4)
Select 3 credits from MKTG 344(3) or MKTG 330(3)
Select 4 credits from SCM 200 GQ(4) or STAT 200 GQ(4)[1]

SUPPORTING COURSES AND RELATED AREAS (9 credits)
Select 6 credits from program approved list in Music, Theatre or Visual Arts in consultation with adviser and according to student interest. In addition, students will select 3 credits from a program-approved list of 400 level courses in Marketing. (Sem: 4-7)

[1] A student enrolled in this major must receive a grade of C or better, as specified in Senate Policy 82-44.

COURSE ADDS

46-01-135 OT 202H
Title: Occupational Therapy for Developmental Disabilities
Abbreviated Title: OT: DD (3)
Description: This course is designed to allow for the application of Occupational Therapy skills and knowledge as it relates to pediatric/developmental disability practice. The topics covered in this course include the understanding of specific diagnoses and conditions, completion and relationship of assessment/evaluation, planning/implementation of Occupational Therapy interventions, and thorough/accurate documentation of Occupational Therapy Services. The honors course component allows for expanded opportunities to observe and participate in professional experiences as they relate to clients with developmental disabilities.
Prerequisites: BIOL 129, BIOL 141, BIOL 142, HDFS 129, OT 105W, OT 107
Concurrents: OT 201 OT 204 OT 206 OT 195B
Proposed Start: SP2018

46-01-136 OT 206H
Title: Occupational Therapy for Physical Disabilities
Abbreviated Title: OT: PD
Description: This course is designed for the application of Occupational Therapy skills and knowledge as it relates to physical disabilities practice. The topics covered in this course include the understanding of specific diagnoses and conditions, completion and relationship of assessment/evaluation, planning/implementation of Occupational Therapy interventions, and thorough/accurate documentation of Occupational Therapy services. The honors course component allows for expanded opportunities to observe and participate in professional experiences as they relate to clients with physical disabilities.
Prerequisites: BIOL 129, BIOL 141, BIOL 142, HDFS 129, OT 105W, OT 107
Concurrents: OT 201 OT 202 OT 204 OT 195B
Proposed Start: SP2018

APPENDIX B
GRADUATE

46-01-137 Add IUG with B.S. in Accounting, B.S. in Finance, B.S. in Information Systems, B.S. in Management, B.S. in Marketing, and B.S. in Supply Chain Management and M.B.A. in Business Administration. Changes indicated by underlining.

Business Administration (BADMN)

Program Home Page

Oranee Tawatnuntachai, Director
Penn State Harrisburg, School of Business Administration
777 W. Harrisburg Pike
E-355 Olmsted Building
Middletown, PA 17057-4898
717-948-6140
mbahbg@psu.edu

Degree Conferred:

M.B.A.

The Graduate Faculty

The Program

The M.B.A. program is intended to provide graduates with a foundation for personal and professional growth and lifelong learning; a firm grounding in the academic disciplines underlying the field of business; participative strengths; and decision making, problem solving, and critical thinking skills. Major emphasis is placed on the social, legal, and ethical context of business—particularly ethical values needed in the conduct of business. Program faculty place high value on teaching and currency of curriculum, an emphasis on oral and written communication, collaborative learning, and cross-functional integration of concepts.

Locations

The degree is offered in its entirety on the Penn State Harrisburg campus located in Middletown, PA. To provide flexibility for students, some courses are also offered online or in a hybrid format (i.e., a blend of resident instruction and online). Students should contact the program office for information on specific semester course offerings.

Admission Requirements

Admission requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the GENERAL INFORMATION section of the Graduate Bulletin. Applicants apply for admission to the program via the Graduate School application for admission.

The admission decision is based on the applicant’s entire admission portfolio consisting of undergraduate degree, post baccalaureate course work, either the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores, professional experience, letters of recommendation, and statements provided in the application. An applicant with significant work experience may be admitted with a lower GMAT or GRE score, while an applicant with limited work experience may be admitted with a higher GMAT or GRE score and an outstanding undergraduate background.

Standardized Test Requirements Waiver: The GMAT or GRE requirement may be waived for the following applicants:

  • Graduates from business, engineering, science or related fields with a cumulative undergraduate GPA of at least 3.5 from accredited U.S. schools.
  • Members of Beta Gamma Sigma, the international business honors society.
  • Ph.D., J.D., M.D., or Master’s degree holders in business, engineering, science or related fields from accredited U.S.schools.

Please note that there is no GMAT or GRE waiver for applicants seeking graduate assistantships.

Please visit the GMAT website or the GRE website for information about these examinations.

The candidate must apply for admission to the program via the Graduate School application for admission. The candidate is required to submit:

  • a completed online application form with application fee
  • official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions attended
  • GMAT or GRE test scores (the test must have been taken within the past five years)
  • two letters of recommendation
  • resume

For complete admission information and the latest updates on admission requirements and procedures, please consult the Penn State Harrisburg website.

International Students

The language of instruction at Penn State is English. English proficiency test scores (TOEFL/IELTS) may be required for international applicants. Consult the English Proficiency section of the Graduate Bulletin Application and Admission Procedures page for more information.

Application Dates

Candidates may enter the program at the beginning of the fall or spring semester, or the summer session. To allow time for applications to be processed, all information, including the GMAT or GRE score, must be received by the admissions office no later than:

  • Fall Semester – July 18
  • Spring Semester – November 18
  • Summer Session – April 18

Applicants from outside the United States must follow the early admission dates in order to allow the necessary clearances and paperwork to be processed in time. International application deadline dates are:

  • Fall Semester–May 31
  • Spring Semester–September 30
  • Summer Session–February 28

To be considered for a graduate assistantship, applicants must submit a complete application by March 1. Students on graduate assistantships must adhere to the course load policy listed in the Bulletin.

Preparation for the Program

Credits obtained to fulfill program preparation and foundation courses cannot be applied towards the requirements for the degree.

Analytic Skills Requirement: Students must demonstrate competence in analytic skills. This requirement can be satisfied in one of two ways: (1) by satisfactory completion of a college-level mathematics course; or (2) by successful completion of a proficiency examination in mathematics approved by the M.B.A. program. This requirement must be satisfied by the first semester or summer session of the student’s matriculation, and completed with a grade of C or higher.

Computer Skills Requirement: Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in the use of computer applications. This requirement can be satisfied through a college-level computer applications course within the past five years with a grade of a B or higher, or by documented, significant, computer-related work experience. If this requirement has not been met prior to admission, a college-level computer course such as MIS 204 or CMPSC 203 is required. Course work must be completed by the first semester or summer session of the student’s matriculation with a grade of B or higher.

Communications Skills Requirement: Successful completion of the M.B.A. program requires the ability to think clearly, and to write and speak persuasively. Part of this requirement can be satisfied by achieving a score of “4” or higher on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) Analytical Writing Assessment. If this score is not achieved, students must satisfy this requirement through additional course work in writing skills such as ENGL 202D or other work developed in consultation with the M.B.A. program. This requirement must be satisfied by the first semester or summer session of the student’s matriculation. All courses taken must be completed with a grade of B or higher. The speech component of this requirement is satisfied through individual and group presentations in MNGMT 511 and other courses in the M.B.A. program.

Foundation Courses:

The M.B.A. program is grounded in the academic disciplines of accounting, finance, economics, marketing, management, and information sciences, among others, in order to provide students with the conceptual foundation required for competent pursuit of more advanced studies in business administration as well as the ethical and legal management of profit and non-profit organizations. This background can be provided by course work taken at the graduate level or as part of a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited U.S. institution or a tertiary (post-secondary) degree that is deemed comparable to a four-year bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited U.S. instutition. This degree must be from an officially recognized degree-granting institution in the country in which it operates. All courses must have been completed with a grade of B or higher, within seven years prior to admission to the M.B.A. program. Course work not meeting the tests of relevancy, quality, or currency must be taken at the graduate level prior to starting the relevant prescribed courses and electives. Time limits may be waived by the M.B.A. program on the basis of post-graduation training or current and relevant work experience. Courses available at Penn State Harrisburg that provide the necessary foundation for graduate business study include: ACCT 501, BUS 505, BUSEC 502, MNGMT 511; either MNGMT 522 or MNGMT 523; and MRKT 513.

Degree Requirements

Requirements listed here are in addition to requirements stated in the DEGREE REQUIREMENTS section of the Graduate Bulletin.

The M.B.A. degree requires 30 credits of course work at the graduate level (500- or 800-level). These credits are distributed over two clusters of courses: Prescribed Courses and Elective Courses/Tracks.

Prescribed Courses: 21 credits in ACCT 540, BUS 510, BUS 515, BUS 588, either FINAN 521, or FINAN 530, INFSY 540, and MRKT 514. The prescribed courses develop key competencies in functional areas of business and BUS 588, a capstone course, integrates knowledge from all functional areas. The capstone project, completed while the student is enrolled in BUS 588, is a feasibility study incorporating firm-level business strategies leading to sustainable competitive advantage.

Elective Courses/Tracks: 9 credits. Students may elect courses in clusters of “Tracks” organized around a common theme designed to be integrative and cohesive. The Tracks provide competencies and skill sets for decision making in seven areas: (1) The Accounting Track is designed to offer additional courses for students having prior academic preparation in accounting to enable them to satisfy the educational requirements for Certified Public Accountant (CPA) licensure in Pennsylvania and most other states; (2) the Business Analytics Track is intended to enhance data analytical skills enabling managers to synthesize data to make strategic decisions; (3) the Finance Track provides advanced corporate finance and investment knowledge enabling managers to apply various financial tools in decision making; (4) the Information Systems Track is designed to provide competencies enabling managers to develop and implement information technology; (5) the Strategic Leadership and Innovation Track is intended to further sharpen leadership and management skills; (6) the Supply Chain Management Track provides competencies needed to develop improvement and innovation in organizational supply chains; and (7) the General Business Track is provided for students who wish to develop a broad generalist program, or who have a particular personal or professional goals not met by one of the other tracks.

The list of courses required for each track and additional approved elective courses is maintained by the graduate program office.

Transfer Credit and Course Substitutions

Transfer Credits: Penn State allows a maximum of 10 transfer credits of high-quality work to be applied toward the requirements for a graduate degree, subject to restrictions outlined in the Transfer Courses section of the Graduate Bulletin.

Course substitutions: Some students enter the program with advanced course work in one or more subject areas (e.g., a degree in accounting plus a C.P.A.) making some prescribed course work redundant. Except for BUS 588 which must be taken at Penn State Harrisburg, students may petition or be advised by the program to replace up to 6 credits in Prescribed Courses with an equivalent number of credits of more advanced graduate courses in the same subject area. Courses must have been completed within five years prior to the date of first degree registration at the Graduate School of Penn State, must be of at least B quality (grades of B- are not transferable), and must appear on an official transcript of a regionally accredited U.S. institution or an recognized degree-granting international institution.

Joint Degree Offering with the Penn State Dickinson Law

Penn State Harrisburg, The Capital College, School of Business Administration
Penn State Dickinson School of Law

Degrees Conferred:
J.D. (Dickinson Law)
M.B.A. (The Capital College)

Joint Degree Programs

Penn State Dickinson Law and the School of Business Administration at Penn State Harrisburg offer cooperative programs leading to the degrees of Juris Doctor (J.D.) granted by the Penn State Dickinson Law and the Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) to be granted by Penn State Harrisburg, The Capital College. This joint degree opportunity facilitates the completion of both a law degree and a professional master’s degree in business administration.

Admission Requirements

Applicants to the joint degree program must apply and be admitted first to Dickinson Law. Subsequently, the student is recommended for and applies for admission to the Graduate School for the Master of Business Administration graduate program. Admissions requirements and applications for admission for Dickinson Law are listed in the J.D. Admissions section of the Dickinson Law website. The admission requirements for the Master of Business Administration are listed above.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the J.D. program are listed on the Penn State Dickinson Law website. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed in the Degree Requirements section above. Nine credits of course work at The Dickinson School of Law may be double-counted toward the M.B.A. degree, subject to program approval. Students must obtain a grade satisfactory to the M.B.A. program in order for the credits to be double-counted for credit toward the J.D. degree at the Dickinson School of Law subject to the approval of the School of Law.

Advising of Students

All students in the joint degree program have two advisers, one in the School of Business Administration and one from the faculty at Penn State Dickinson Law. Because the joint degree program is designed to be taken in synchrony with the objective that both degrees will be earned simultaneously, students who do not demonstrate progress toward completion of both degrees may be denied continuation in the joint degree program. Such a decision will rest jointly with the faculties of the M.B.A. program and the J.D. program. Students can graduate with one degree before the other as long as they have completed all of the requirements for the degree. If students accepted into the joint degree program are unable to complete the J.D. degree, they are still eligible to receive the M.B.A. degree if all the M.B.A. degree requirements have been satisfied.

Tuition

Penn State Dickinson Law and Penn State Harrisburg will each charge their own tuition to students in the joint degree program.

Additional Information

For more information and the latest updates on the joint degree program, contact Penn State Dickinson Law or the M.B.A. program at Penn State Harrisburg.

Integrated B.S. in Accounting/M.B.A. Program

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Accounting candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Accounting and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Accounting degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Admission Requirements

Students apply to the program via the Graduate School application for admission, and must meet the admission requirements of the Graduate School, as well as the admission requirements for the M.B.A., listed above. Students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. Students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how the M.B.A. will enhance their career goals, official transcripts of all post-secondary courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser as the student advances through the program. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Students must be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211[4], ECON 102[3], ENGL 15 or 30[3], FIN 301[3], MATH 110 or 140[4], MGMT 301[3], MKTG 301[3] and STAT 200[4] or SCM 200[4].

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the B.S. in Accounting are listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed above. Up to 12 credits may be double-counted towards the degree requirements for both the graduate and undergraduate degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level. Credits associated with culminating experience for the graduate degree cannot be double-counted. The M.B.A. courses that could possibly be double-counted include ACCT 504, ACCT 510, ACCT 532, ACCT 545, ACCT 561, ACCT 571, ACCT 572, ACCT 573, and FINAN 521.

Integrated B.S. in Finance/M.B.A. Program

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Finance candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Finance and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Finance degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Admission Requirements

Students apply to the program via the Graduate School application for admission, and must meet the admission requirements of the Graduate School, as well as the admission requirements for the M.B.A., listed above. Students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. Students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how the M.B.A. will enhance their career goals, official transcripts of all post-secondary courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser as the student advances through the program. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Students must be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211 [4], ECON 102 [3], ENGL 015 or 030 [3], FIN 301 [3], MATH 110 or 140 [4], MGMT 301 [3], MKTG 301 [3] and STAT 200 [4] or SCM 200 [4].

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the B.S. in Finance are listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed above. Up to 12 credits may be double-counted towards the degree requirements for both the graduate and undergraduate degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level. Credits associated with culminating experience for the graduate degree cannot be double-counted. The M.B.A. courses that could possibly be double-counted include ACCT 540, FINAN 518, FINAN 522, FINAN 523, FINAN 526, FINAN 527. FINAN 530, FINAN 531, and INFSY 540.

Integrated B.S. in Information Systems/M.B.A. Program

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Information Systems candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Information Systems and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Information Systems degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Admission Requirements

Students apply to the program via the Graduate School application for admission, and must meet the admission requirements of the Graduate School, as well as the admission requirements for the M.B.A., listed above. Students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. Students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how the M.B.A. will enhance their career goals, official transcripts of all post-secondary courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser as the student advances through the program. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Students must be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211 [4], ECON 102 [3], ENGL 015 or 030 [3], FIN 301 [3], MATH 110 or 140 [4], MGMT 301 [3], MKTG 301 [3] and STAT 200 [4] or SCM 200 [4].

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the B.S. in Information Systems are listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed above. Up to 12 credits may be double-counted towards the degree requirements for both the graduate and undergraduate degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level. Credits associated with culminating experience for the graduate degree cannot be double-counted. The M.B.A. courses that could possibly be double-counted include FINAN 521, INFSY 540, INFSY 547, INFSY 555, INFSY 560, INFSY 565, INFSY 566, and INFSY 570.

Integrated B.S. in Management/M.B.A. Program

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Management candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Management and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Management degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Admission Requirements

Students apply to the program via the Graduate School application for admission, and must meet the admission requirements of the Graduate School, as well as the admission requirements for the M.B.A., listed above. Students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. Students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how the M.B.A. will enhance their career goals, official transcripts of all post-secondary courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser as the student advances through the program. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program, unless students have not completed 24 or more credits at Penn State, in which case they must take the GMAT and earn a score of at least 450. If students are interested in a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Students must be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211 [4], ECON 102 [3], ENGL 015 or 030 [3], FIN 301 [3], MATH 110 or 140 [4], MGMT 301 [3], MKTG 301 [3] and STAT 200 [4] or SCM 200 [4].

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the B.S. in Management are listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed above. Up to 12 credits may be double-counted towards the degree requirements for both the graduate and undergraduate degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level. Credits associated with culminating experience for the graduate degree cannot be double-counted. The M.B.A. courses that could possibly be double-counted include INFSY 540, MNGMT 505, MNGMT 514, MNGMT 515, MNGMT 520, MNGMT 570, MRKT 514, and MRKT 570.

Integrated B.S. in Marketing/M.B.A. Program

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Marketing candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Marketing and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Marketing degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Admission Requirements

Students apply to the program via the Graduate School application for admission, and must meet the admission requirements of the Graduate School, as well as the admission requirements for the M.B.A., listed above. Students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. Students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how the M.B.A. will enhance their career goals, official transcripts of all post-secondary courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser as the student advances through the program. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Students must be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211 [4], ECON 102 [3], ENGL 015 or 030 [3], FIN 301 [3], MATH 110 or 140 [4], MGMT 301 [3], MKTG 301 [3] and STAT 200 [4] or SCM 200 [4].

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the B.S. in Marketing are listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed above. Up to 12 credits may be double-counted towards the degree requirements for both the graduate and undergraduate degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level. Credits associated with culminating experience for the graduate degree cannot be double-counted. The M.B.A. courses that could possibly be double-counted include BUS 515, INFSY 540, MRKT 514, MRKT 571, MRKT 572, MRKT 585, and MRKT 587.

Integrated B.S. in Project and Supply Chain Management/M.B.A. Program

The School of Business Administration offers a limited number of academically superior Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management candidates the opportunity to enroll in an integrated, continuous program of study leading to both the Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management and the Master of Business Administration. The ability to coordinate as well as concurrently pursue the two degree programs enables the students to earn both degrees in five years. Specifically, as many as twelve of the credits required for the master’s degree may be applied to both undergraduate and graduate degree programs.

If for any reason students admitted to the IUG program are unable to complete the requirements for the Master of Business Administration degree, the students will be permitted to receive the Bachelor of Science in Project and Supply Chain Management degree assuming all the undergraduate degree requirements have been satisfactorily completed.

Admission Requirements

Students apply to the program via the Graduate School application for admission, and must meet the admission requirements of the Graduate School, as well as the admission requirements for the M.B.A., listed above. Students should mention in the notes section that the application is for the IUG program in Business Administration. Students must submit a resume, a personal statement including career goals and how the M.B.A. will enhance their career goals, official transcripts of all post-secondary courses taken outside Penn State, two letters of recommendation, with at least one from the School of Business Administration faculty, and a plan of study that integrates both undergraduate and graduate requirements. The plan should cover the entire time period of the integrated program, and it should be reviewed periodically with an adviser as the student advances through the program. A graduate faculty adviser in collaboration with the Director of M.B.A. Program will help undergraduate candidates determine a sequence of courses that will prepare them for acceptance into the Integrated Undergraduate-Graduate (IUG) degree program.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) or Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is not required for admission into the program; however, if students are interested in a graduate assistantship, GMAT or GRE scores must be submitted by the end of the eighth semester.

The number of openings in the IUG program is limited. Applicants to the IUG program must have completed a minimum of 60 credits. Students must be admitted to an IUG program no earlier than the beginning of the third semester of undergraduate study at Penn State (regardless of transfer or AP credits accumulated prior to enrollment) and no later than the end of the second week of the semester preceding the semester of expected conferral of the undergraduate degree. In addition, the applicants must earn a minimum of cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and complete the following Entry to Major courses or equivalent: ACCTG 211 [4], ECON 102 [3], ENGL 015 or 030 [3], FIN 301 [3], MATH 110 or 140 [4], MGMT 301 [3], MKTG 301 [3] and STAT 200 [4] or SCM 200 [4].

Student applications will be evaluated based on their overall portfolio, in addition to the above requirements. In all cases, admission to the program will be at the discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee in Business Administration.

Degree Requirements

Students must fulfill all requirements for each degree in order to be awarded that degree, subject to the double-counting of credits as outlined below. Degree requirements for the B.S. in Project and Supply Chain Management are listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. Degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree are listed above. Up to 12 credits may be double-counted towards the degree requirements for both the graduate and undergraduate degrees. All courses counted for both degrees must be at the 500- or 800-level. Credits associated with culminating experience for the graduate degree cannot be double-counted. The M.B.A. courses that could possibly be double-counted include ACCT 540; FINAN 530; INFSY 540; SCIS 525, SCIS 540, SCIS 546, SCIS 565 and SCIS 570.

Concurrent Degree Offering with the Penn State College of Medicine Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program

Penn State Harrisburg, The Capital College, School of Business Administration
Penn State College of Medicine, Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program

Degrees Conferred:
Ph.D. (College of Medicine)
M.B.A. (The Capital College)

Concurrent Degree Program

The Penn State College of Medicine, Biomedical Sciences program, and the School of Business Administration of Penn State Harrisburg, The Capital College, offer a cooperative program leading to the degrees of doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) in Biomedical Sciences granted by the College of Medicine, and the Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) in Business Administration granted by The Capital College. This concurrent degree opportunity facilitates the completion of both a doctorate in biomedical sciences and a professional master’s degree in business administration. The program is designed primarily for students interested in pursuing a career involving high-quality independent research and positions of management responsibility within the biomedical sciences community.

Admission Requirements:
The concurrent program requires that the student first be admitted to the Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program. Subsequently, the student is recommended for and applies for admission to the Penn State Harrisburg M.B.A. program by completing a Concurrent Graduate Degree Programs Plan of Study form.

Applicants to the Biomedical Sciences Ph.D. program must meet all admissions requirements listed on the Biomedical Sciences Bulletin page. Applicants to the Penn State Harrisburg M.B.A. program must meet all admissions requirements for the Harrisburg M.B.A. program, described in the “Admissions Requirements” section above.

Degree Requirements

To earn the M.B.A. degree, students in the concurrent degree program must complete all of the degree requirements for the M.B.A. degree, described above. Nine credits of course work in biomedical sciences may be double-counted toward the M.B.A., subject to Business Administration program approval. Students must obtain a grade satisfactory to the M.B.A. program in order for the credits to be double-counted. Nine credits of M.B.A. course work may be double-counted for credit toward the Ph.D. degree, subject to the approval of the Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program.

Advising of Students

All students in the concurrent program have two advisers, one in the School of Business Administration, and one from the faculty in the Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program. Because the concurrent program is designed to be taken in synchrony with the objective that both degrees will be earned simultaneously, students who do not demonstrate progress toward completion of both degrees may be denied continuation in the concurrent program. Such a decision will rest jointly with the faculties of the M.B.A. and the Biomedical Sciences Ph.D. programs. Students can graduate with one degree before the other as long as they have completed all of the requirements for that degree. If students accepted into the concurrent degree program are unable to complete the Ph.D. degree, they are still eligible to receive the M.B.A. degree if all the M.B.A. degree requirements have been satisfied.

Additional Information

For more information and the latest updates on the concurrent program, contact the Biomedical Sciences Graduate Program or the M.B.A. program at Penn State Harrisburg

Student Aid

Graduate assistantships available to students in this program and other forms of student aid are described in the Student Aid section of the Graduate Bulletin.

A limited number of scholarships, fellowships, and research grants are available, as well as several graduate assistantships. For more information on these, contact the School of Business Administration.

Many students work full-time and take classes part-time. In many cases, employers have a tuition-reimbursement plan paying for partial or full tuition. To find other options available to you, contact the Financial Aid Office, 717-948-6307.

Graduate Assistantships

Full-time graduate students who are interested in an assistantship should contact the program director. Students must be nominated for an assistantship by their program director. Students on graduate assistantships must adhere to the course load policy listed in the Bulletin.
Students applying for an assistantship should submit scores from the Graduate Management Admissions test, or similar examinations by the deadline.

Courses

Graduate courses carry numbers from 500 to 699 and 800 to 899. Advanced undergraduate courses numbered between 400 and 499 may be used to meet some graduate degree requirements when taken by graduate students. Courses below the 400 level may not. A graduate student may register for or audit these courses in order to make up deficiencies or to fill in gaps in previous education but not to meet requirements for an advanced degree.

APPENDIX C
MEDICINE

COURSE ADDS

46-01-138 CULMD 740
Title: Clinical Elective in Culinary Medicine
Abbreviated Title: Culinary Medicine 2.5
The Culinary Medicine course will teach fundamental dietary and nutrition knowledge with basic culinary skills through interprofessional hands-on community cooking classes. Lessons will be keyed to both the basic science curriculum while linking concepts learned to the practical clinical skills needed for the patient physician discussion about the importance of dietary and
lifestyle change. Most time in the classroom is spent in an interactive environment in the kitchen. Since this elective is integrated with community members, students will get a true opportunity to develop relationships with community members and practice nutrition and counseling skills. Students will be guided to lead small group discussions covering the daily culinary medicine topics with community members during each class.
Proposed Start: FA2017

46-01-139 NEURO 602
Title: Supervised Experience in College Teaching
Abbreviated Title: Supr Exp Col Teach 1
Description: Supervised experience in teaching and orientation to other selected aspects of the profession at The Pennsylvania State University
Prerequisites: NEURO 511, NEURO 520, NEURO 521,
Proposed Start: FA2017

46-01-140 PHS 595B
Title: Biostatistics Internship
Abbreviated Title: Biost Internship 1-18
Description: Supervised, research-oriented, off-campus, nongroup instruction, including field experiences, practicums, or internships
Proposed Start: FA2017

46-01-141 PHS 808
Title: Population Health Management
Abbreviated Title: Population Health 3
Description: This course is designed to provide students with a contextual understanding of the reasons for a renewed focus on population health as a clinical care-delivery model. An overview of the current state of the health of the U.S. population will set the stage for a brief examination of the Affordable Care Act. New care delivery models, such as Accountable Care Organizations, that are promoted in the ACA are discussed. The course provides an overview of the role Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), state governments, and payers play in creating new healthcare financing models that incentivize a shift from episodic to value-based care. Exploration of changes in reimbursements, the importance of quality measures, and implementation of evidence-based guidelines will be presented. With this foundation, the course focus turns to examine the many elements of population health management as a concept of broader public health goals. These elements include patient attribution models and risk identification and stratification into subpopulations, as well as care coordination – a key strategy in meeting the health needs of a population across the continuum of care. The specific intervention strategies of chronic condition management and transitions of care are described.
The primary care setting, which is the focal point of population health management, is explored. The transformation of this care provider to a patient-centered medical home is described along with the evolution of interdisciplinary care teams, the use of extenders such as medical assistants, and the shifted emphasis to prevention and health promotion. The emphasis on the role of the patient in population health, the need for improvements in health literacy, consideration of the social determinants of health, and the need for health education are discussed. An overview of various technology and data analytical tools and processes used to support population health management care delivery models is provided. Discussion of the importance of using data to track, trend, and measure population health interventions
will continue in the technology section of the course. The course will conclude with examinations of the multiple challenges and barriers that health care organizations, payers, and
patients experience with value-based care and population health care delivery models. Lastly, a look forward at trends in policy and regulations, application of comparative effectiveness research, and the pervasiveness of ‘big data’ will allow students to explore the future of health care delivery transformation.
Proposed Start: FA2017

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-142 PHS 522
Title: Multivariate Biostatistics
Abbreviated Title: Multivari Biostats 3
Description: This course focuses on advanced topics in biostatistics involving multivariate responses in biomedical research.
Prerequisites: PHS  520 and PHS  521
Approved Start: FA2016

NEW
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Multivariate Biost
CHANGE PREREQUISITES: PHS 520; STAT 500, PHS 521
PROPOSED START: SP2018

APPENDIX D
Dickinson Law

COURSE ADDS

46-01-143 LWLLM 901
Title: Intro to U.S. Law
Abbreviated Title: Intro to U.S. Law 1
Description: This course will provide LL.M. students with an overview of the United States legal system and U.S. legal education. The course covers will introduce students to the fundamental aspects of American law, including the structure of the Constitution, civil proceedings in the federal court system, and case analysis.
Proposed Start: FA2017

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-144 BAR 914
Title: Fundamental Skills for the Bar Exam
Abbreviated Title: Fund Bar Skills 2
Description: This course provides students with a substantive review of selected material routinely tested on the bar exam, primarily through problems and exercises in a bar exam format designed to familiarize students with the exam and techniques for answering multiple
choice questions. Individualized feedback is provided every week to assist each student identify areas of strength and weakness. The goal is to enhance student ability to prepare for the bar exam and is intended to supplement, not replace, commercial bar preparation courses. This course is not focused on any particular state, so all students will benefit regardless of where they are sitting for the bar exam.

NEW
CHANGE ABBREVIATION: BARSK
CHANGE NUMBER: 901
PROPOSED START: SP2018

OLD
46-01-145 SEMNR 902
Title: Comparative International Law Seminar: U.S. and Russia
Abbreviated Title: Comp Intl Law Sem 2
Description: This seminar is concerned with the development of the law, legal system, and legal institutions of what is popularly known as
Russia but also correctly and officially known as the Russian Federation within the boundaries presently occupied and, historically, within the boundaries of the Russian Empire. By “law” we mean formal legislation, customary rules, relevant international legal rules, legal doctrine, and anything else regarded by the Russian State or by Russian jurists as comprising part of the “law.” For our purposes “legal institutions” encompasses all law enforcement agencies or any other agencies of the State or empowered by the state which are concerned with the law in any manner whatsoever, including educational institutions.
Approved Start: FA2017

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: Russian Law Seminar
CHANGE ABBREVIATED TITLE: Russian Law Sem
PROPOSED START: FA2017

Penn State Law

COURSE ADDS

46-01-146 TRTM 903
Title: Academy Mock Trial Team
Abbreviated Title: Academy Trial Team 2
Description: See handbook for description
Prerequisites: Faculty Approval Required
Proposed Start: FA2017

46-01-147 TRTM 904
Title: National Trial Competition Team
Abbreviated Title: NATIONAL TRIAL TM 2
Description: See handbook for description
Prerequisites: Faculty Approval Required
Proposed Start: FA2017

COURSE CHANGES

OLD
46-01-148 AULWR 997
Title: Special Topics
Abbreviated Title: Adv Leg Writg Sem 2-3:99
Description: Special Topics
Approved Start FA2017

NEW
CHANGE TO REPEATABLE CREDITS
PROPOSED START: SP2018

OLD
46-01-149 FPIJP 995
Title: International Justice Externship Program
Abbreviated Title: Intl Justice Prog 10
Description: The International Justice Externship Program will provide students with the opportunity to spend a semester at the Hague in the Netherlands earning 10 hours of academic credit for approximately 30 hours of supervised work. Students will work in the Office of the Special Prosecutor at the Hague. The externship will enable students to pursue advanced practical training and research opportunities in international criminal law beyond our curricular offerings. Students will have the opportunity to analyze sophisticated areas of international law in a real world context. Each student participating in the Hague semester is required to enroll in a concurrent two-credit seminar. The seminar component will address international trial investigative techniques, tribunal jurisdiction and procedure, and areas of international civil and criminal law that are most relevant to legal practice before international tribunals.
Prerequisites: At least one of the following courses: INTER971 , INTER951 , SEM  907 , SEM  903 , SEM  922 , SEM  968 , SEM  941 , SEM  908 or equivalent course approved by program advisor
Approved Start: SU2011

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: The International Justice Externship Program will provide students with the opportunity to spend a semester at the Hague in the Netherlands earning 10 hours of academic credit for approximately 30 hours of supervised work. Students will work in the Office of the Prosecutor or a judicial chamber in either the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia or the International Criminal Court. The externship will enable students to pursue advanced practical training and research opportunities in international criminal law beyond our curricular offerings. Students will have the opportunity to analyze sophisticated areas of international law in a real world context. Each student participating in the Hague semester is required to enroll in a concurrent two-credit seminar. The seminar component will address international trial investigative techniques, tribunal jurisdiction and procedure, and areas of international civil and criminal law that are most relevant to legal practice before international tribunals. Highlights of the course may include attending court sessions as a member of a prosecution team or a judicial chamber.
CHANGE PREREQUISITE: At least one of the following courses: INTER 971, SEM 903, SEM 968, SEM 941 or equivalent course approved by program advisor
ADD CONCURRENT: SEM 943
PROPOSED START: SP2018

OLD
46-01-150 INTER 984
Title: International Commercial Arbitration
Abbreviated Title: Intl Comm Arb 3
Description: This course explores the legal frameworks, as well as the strategic considerations, practical skills and policy considerations that are implicated in international arbitration law and practice. This course explores the legal frameworks, as well as the strategic considerations, practical skills and policy considerations that are implicated in international arbitration law and practice. International arbitration is the default means by which international commercial disputes are resolved. The effectiveness of its processes and outcomes are assured through a complex interaction of international treaties, national laws, contractual agreements, specialized procedural rules, and international customs and practice norms. The regime is designed to strike an appropriate balance between party autonomy with the sovereign and transnational regulatory interests implicated in disputes. In addition to the doctrinal and practical aspects of international arbitration, this course will also explore the larger trends and theoretical questions raised in contemporary debates about the future of international arbitration. This course is one that will satisfy the prerequisite for participation in the Vis Moot Competition.
Prerequisite: Faculty approval required
Approved Start FA2014

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: This course explores the legal frameworks, as well as the strategic considerations, practical skills and policy considerations that are implicated in international arbitration law and practice. International arbitration is the default means by which international commercial disputes are resolved. The effectiveness of its processes and outcomes are assured through a complex interaction of international treaties, national laws, contractual agreements, specialized procedural rules, and international customs and practice
norms. The regime is designed to strike an appropriate balance between party autonomy with the sovereign and transnational regulatory interests implicated in disputes. In addition to the doctrinal and practical aspects of international arbitration, this course will also explore the larger trends and theoretical questions raised in contemporary debates about the future of international arbitration. This course is one that will satisfy the prerequisite for participation in the Vis Moot Competition.
REMOVE PREREQUISITE
PROPOSED START: SP2018

OLD
46-01-151 SJDLW 901
Title: Research Methods Seminar
Abbreviated Title: Research Methods Sem 1
Description: Introduction into research methods for advanced dissertations in law. SJDLW 901 Research Methods Seminar (1) I. Designing an SJD Dissertation Each student as part of the admission process has submitted a dissertation topic and brief concise outline of a future dissertation. This section of the Seminar is intended to provide expert guidance on how to pursue dissertation research and to write an SJD dissertation. Required readings and written submissions will be required and advance preparation expected from all SJD students. The intention is to accelerate your research design and assist you in refining the questions which your dissertation will pursue, formulate a research plan, and prepare what will eventually become a thorough bibliography of relevant sources. Specific guidance will be offered regarding access to library collections, University, regional, and national archives, online resources, interviewing techniques, and the like, with special reference to legal and social contexts. Assistance will be given to formulate more precisely the scope of your chosen dissertation topic and clarify your precise and original contribution to the advancement of scholarship. Individual sessions will address: what is an SJD and what constitutes an original and substantial contribution to the advancement of scholarship? How is a dissertation structured, and why? Formulating, elaborating, and refining your research questions. Articulating the thesis of your dissertation. Reviewing the existing literature. The process of research and writing. Appropriate introductions will be given to some of the principal research methodologies widely used in legal research, together with more detailed comment on those relevant for individual dissertations being undertaken by Penn State SJD students. Attention will be given to structuring the dissertation, citation style, avoiding plagiarism, complying with copyright requirements. Introductions will be provided to the following: empirical methods of research, ethical standards and legal research, historical research, comparative legal research, case studies, and interdisciplinary research; presentation of the Candidacy Paper; and arranging for publication of dissertation chapters or a monograph. As part of the Seminar students will be expected to read an SJD (or PhD) thesis and to be fully familiar with the Penn State Law School SJD Regulations. Students will be encouraged to compile a set of SJD Research Notes. These Notes will be held on your computers and contain various written submissions prepared for the Seminar together with other materials useful as resources or reminders when writing your dissertation. Seminar Topics Session 1: What is an SJD and How Does One Commence (including Penn State Libraryresources)Seminar 2: Structuring and Writing a DissertationSeminar 3: Introduction to Empirical Methods in Legal ResearchSeminar 4: Ethical Aspects of Legal ResearchSeminar 5: Legal History: Research AspectsSeminar 6: Comparative Legal StudiesSeminar 7: Case Studies as ResearchSeminar 8: “Law in Context” Approaches to Research II. Legal Theory and Dissertation Research This dimension of the Seminar is intended to introduce (or remind) students to some of the principal legal theorists and theoretical approaches to law drawn from the leading United States and foreign law schools. These will include natural law, post-structuralism, legal positivism, critical legal thought, globalism in legal doctrine, feminist legal theory, and other relevant approaches – all with a view to obtaining insight into how research methods and theory are connected and to assist the SJD student in articulating the theoretical framework of the dissertation. Particular attention will be given to techniques of legal research in Common Law and Anglo-American Statute Law and regulatory materials: how to use cases; what are precedents; how to construe statutes, the relationship between law and policy, and the like. In addition, a general introduction to methods of quantitative analysis will be included. Legal translations as sources for dissertation research: techniques, pitfalls, resources. Seminar Topics Seminar 9-10: Comparative Legal Theory: Natural Law and PositivismSeminar 11-12: Comparative Legal Theory: Individual Theories and Legal DevelopmentSeminar 13-14: Legal Research in Common Law and Statute, including statutory interpretationSeminar 15-16: Empirical Legal Studies: Quantitative methods, analysis, qualitative methods III. Development of Research Skills This section of the Seminar addresses some of the mechanics of preparing a dissertation: advanced introduction to Penn State library resources; Open Access publishing; data collection by downloading online sources, filming and editing materials, preparing draft legislation or treaties, using the media to publicize aspects of your dissertation, possible post-doctoral opportunities, and getting your dissertation published (including writing a book proposal, whom to approach for publication, law review publication, SSRN publication, and others). Seminar Topics: Seminar 17: Publishing: Open Access, Research SoftwareSeminar 18: Publishing the Dissertation (Penn State University Press)
Prerequisites: seminar is for SJD candidates only
Approved Start: FA2014

NEW
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: Introduction into research methods for advanced dissertations in law.
CHANGE CREDITS: 2
REMOVE PREREQUISITE
PROPOSED START: SP2018

OLD
46-01-151 ULWR 968
Title: International Uniform Enforcement of Human Rights Seminar
Abbreviated Title: INTL HMN RTS SEM 3
Description: A study and analysis of the world’s major United Nations-sponsored international human rights treaties with an eye toward measuring the relative treaty compliance of the nations that drafted, adopted and ratified them. Do the citizens of ratifying nations have appreciably less to fear from their governments than they had had before the multilateral human rights treaties entered into force?
Approved Start FA2017

NEW
CHANGE TITLE: International Human Rights Seminar
CHANGE DESCRIPTION: The course involves the study and analysis of the core United Nations-sponsored international human rights treaties with the following objectives: understanding the history and development of human rights protection in the post-UN Charter era; examining the substantive content of the major international human rights instruments; and measuring the relative compliance of the states that have ratified them. The course will assess the impact of these treaties on the enjoyment by the citizens of the various state parties of the rights provided therein. Particular attention will be paid to claims about the apparent decline and/or stagnation in the enforcement of these treaties in the post-Cold War period, especially in the last decade.
PROPOSED START: SP2018